RFP: 2017-10 Request for Proposals for Bard

PURCHASING DEPARTMENT
2001 S. KANAWHA STREET
BECKLEY WV 25801
PH: 304-256-4660 Ext 6000
FAX: 304-256-4678
RFP: 2017-10
Request for Proposals for Bard HVAC Units (Equipment Only) will be received by the Raleigh County Board of
Education, 2001 South Kanawha Street, Beckley, West Virginia, 25801 on April 19, 2017, 9:30 pm EST
Neither dating of proposal form nor placing in mail by this date will meet requirements. Proposal form must be
received on or before date and time stated.
Proposal documents may be obtained from the Raleigh County Board of Education, Purchasing Department, 2001
South Kanawha Street, Beckley WV 25801 or downloaded from Raleigh County Board of Education website.
All requests for hard copies of Proposal Documents shall be made to the Phillip T. Jarrell, Purchasing Director no
later than five days prior to bid open date. Failure to comply will preclude the issuance of Proposal Documents
requested.
Proposal Documents may be examined at the following offices:
OWNER:
Raleigh County Board of Education
Purchasing Department
2001 S. Kanawha Street
Beckley WV 25801
The Raleigh County Board of Education does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national origin, sex,
disability, or age in its procurement policies, practices or procedures.
The Raleigh County Board of Education or designee reserves the right to reject any and all proposals, and to make
such selection by item or total bid amount as deemed to be in the best interest of Raleigh County Schools.
C. David Price
Superintendent
2017-10 Bard HVAC Units
RALEIGH COUNTY BOARD OF EDUCATION
AFFIDAVIT
AFFIDAVIT NON-COLLUSION
STATE AND FEDERAL LAW(CODE OF LAWS OF WEST VIRGINIA, SECTION 5A-3-31, ET SEQ, 39-5-10, ET SEO.; 15 US S. CODE,
SECTION 1) ARE DESIGNED TO INSURE TAHT THE BIDS RECEIVED BY SPONSOR UNDER THIS GRANT OR CONTRACT SHALL
BE COMPETITIVE AND FREE OF COLLUSION. THE EXECUTION OF THE FOLLOWING AFFIDAVIT IS A PREREQUISITE FOR
CONSIDERATION OF ANY CONTRACTOR'S/VENDORS BID.
As a condition of this bid as a responsible bidder, there must be submitted with this bid a sworn statement executed by, or on behalf of,
any person, firm, or association, or corporation submitting a bid on any such contract to be awarded; said sworn statement shall certify
that such person, firm, association or corporation submitting a bid has not, either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement,
participated in any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with such contract. This
sworn statement shall be in the form of an affidavit executed and sworn to by the bidder before a person who is authorized by the laws of
his state to administer oaths. The original of such sworn statement shall be included in and made a part of the bidder's proposal. This
sworn statement shall also include a provision to the effect that all legal formalities required for the proper execution of affidavits pursuant
to state laws has been complied with. Thereafter, in any prosecution against any person, firm, association, or corporation for perjury
committed in the submission of said affidavits, it shall not be a defense to such charge of perjury that said formalities were not in fact
complied with:
AFFIDAVIT DEBT
West Virginia Code §5A-3-10a states:
No contract or renewal of any contract may be awarded under this article to any vendor or prospective vendor when the
vendor or prospective vendor or a related party to the vendor or prospective vendor is a debtor as defined in this section and
the debt owed is an amount greater than one thousand dollars in the aggregate.
Definitions:
"Debt" means any assessment, penalty, fine, tax or other amount of money owed to the state because of a judgment,
fine, permit violation, license assessment, penalty or other assessment presently due and required to be paid to the state
or any of its political subdivisions, including any interest or additional penalties accrued thereon;
"Debtor" means any individual, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company or any other form or business
association owing a debt to the state or any of its political subdivisions;
"Related party" means a party, whether an individual, corporation, partnership, association, limited liability company or any
other form or business association or other entity whatsoever related to any vendor by blood, marriage, ownership or
contract through which the party has a relationship of ownership or other interest with the vendor, so that the party will
actually or by effect receive or control a portion of the benefit, profit or other consideration from performance of a vendor
contract with the party receiving an amount that meets or exceeds five percent of the total contract amount.
Exception:
The prohibition does not apply where a vendor has contested any tax administered pursuant to chapter
eleven of the West Virginia Code, worker's compensation premium, permit fee or environmental fee or
assessment, and the matter has not become final, or where the vendor has entered into a payment
plan or agreement and the vendor is not in default of any of the provisions of such plan or agreement.
Under penalty of law for false swearing (West Virginia Code §61-5-3), it is hereby certified that the bidder and
all related parties do not owe any debts or, if a debt is owed, that the provisions of the exception clause
(above) apply.
AFFIDAVIT ALCOHOL & DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE ACT:
PUBLIC IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS
West Virginia Code §21-1D-5 provides that:
Any solicitation for a public improvement construction contract over $ 100,000.00 shall require each vendor that submits a bid for the
work to submit at the same time an affidavit that the vendor has a written plan for a drug-free workplace policy in compliance with
Article 1D, Chapter 21 of the West Virginia Code A public improvement construction contract may not be awarded to a vendor
who does not have a written plan for a drug-free workplace policy in compliance with Article 1D, Chapter 21 of the West Virginia
Code and who has not submitted that plan to the appropriate contracting authority in timely fashion For a vendor who is a
subcontractor, compliance with Section 5, Article 10, Chapter 21 of the West Virginia Code may take place before their work on the
public improvement is begun
Under penalty of law for false swearing (West Virginia Code §61-5-3), it is hereby certified that the bidder and all related parties has a
written plan for a drug-free workplace policy in compliance with Article 1D, Chapter 21 of the West Virginia Code
AFFIDAVIT DEBARMENT AND SUSPENSION CERTIFICATION (Federal Funds)
This certification is required by the regulations implementing Executive Order 12549, Department and Suspension, 7 CFR Part 3017,
Section 3017.510, Participants' responsibilities. The regulations were published as Part IV of the January 30, 1989, Federal register (
pages 4722-4733). Copies of the regulations may be obtained by contacting the Department of Agriculture agency offering the proposed
covered transaction.
1.
The prospective primary participant certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief, that it and its principals:
a.
are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from
covered transactions by any federal department, state department, or federal or state agency.
b.
have not within a three-year period preceding this proposal been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against
them for the commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal,
State or Local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of
embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;
c.
are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charges by a governmental entity (Federal, State or
Local) with commission of any of the offenses enumerated in paragraph 1 b of this certification; and
d.
have not within a three-year period preceding this application/proposal had one or more public transactions (Federal,
State or Local) terminated for cause or default.
2.
Where the prospective primary participant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, such prospective
participant shall attach an explanation to this proposal.
LICENSING:
Vendors must be licensed and in good standing in accordance with any and all state and local laws and requirements by any
state or local agency of West Virginia, including, but not limited to, the West Virginia Secretary of State's Office, the West Virginia
Tax Department, West Virginia Insurance Commission, or any other state agencies or political subdivision Furthermore, the vendor
must provide all necessary releases to obtain information to enable the Director or spending unit to verify that the vendor is
licensed and in good standing with the above entities
CONFIDENTIALITY:
The vendor agrees that he or she will not disclose to anyone, directly or indirectly, any such personally identifiable information
or other confidential information gained from the agency, unless the individual who is the subject of the information consent s to the
disclosure in writing or the disclosure is made pursuant to the agency's policies, procedures and rules Vendors should visit www.
state.wv.us.admin/purchase/privacy for the Notice of Agency Confidentiality Policies
Under penalty of law for false swearing (West Virginia Code §61-5-3), it is hereby certified that the vendor acknowledges the
information in this said affidavit and is in compliance with the requirements as stated
AFFIDAVIT
STATE OF __________________________
COUNTY OF _____________________________
Personally appeared before me ____________________________________ who being sworn says that he is a member of the firm of
and further says that his firm, association, or corporation has not either directly or indirectly, entered into any agreement, participated in
any collusion, or otherwise taken any action in restraint of free competitive bidding in connection with the submission of a bid on the
above-named project.
Further, _________________________________ swears and affirms that all legal formalities required for the proper execution of
affidavits pursuant to Federal laws, his state laws and the State of West Virginia laws have been complied with and further agrees, on
behalf of himself, his/her firm, association or corporation, that in any subsequent prosecution for perjury of him, his/her firm, association or
corporation, it shall not be in defense to such charge of perjury that said formalities were not in fact complied with.
SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS __________day ________________, 2017
COMPANY __________________________ LEGAL SIGNATURE ____________________________
COMPANY FEIN# _____________________
Notary Public for State ___________________________________
Notary Signature ____________________________
Commission Expires _________________________
Seal :
Description
QTY
Unit Price
Cost
9 $_____ $_____
Bard I-Tech Indoor Climate Control System
3 Ton AC/Heatpump I36H1DC15RP1XXX
• 2-Stage Scroll Compressor w/ discharge muffler, double floating isolation mounting system, and sound blanket.
• Recycled Heat Dehumidification
• R-410A Green Refrigerant
• Volts & Phase: 460/60/3 w/ Circuit Breaker (230v) Toggle Disconnect (460v).
• Phase Monitor - 3 Phase models
• Protects Compressor Rotation
• Protects units upon phase loss or brown out.
• ECM Indoor & Outdoor Motors
• Modulating indoor fan motor for constant CFM in different operating
modes up to 0.50” ESP
• Modulating outdoor fan motor & low ambient control
• HPC, LPC, CCM/TDR Control Modules
• Heating & Cooling thermostatic expansion valves.
• Factory Installed 15KW Electric Heat
• Eye Level, Extra Large, and easily accessible control panel.
• H/P Control Board w/ Diagnostics
• Hydrophilic Evaporator Coil
• Acrylic Coating
• Wettable surface w/ low contact angle - no bead-up condensate,
improved draining & lower re-entrainment
• Antimicrobial - resistant to fungicidal growth
• Resistant to Mold & Mildew, ASTM D3273 - No Growth
• Standard Hydrophilic Coated Evaperator and Uncoated Cond
• Non-corrosive, positive flow drain pans w/ float switches.
• 20-ga. Double wall construction w/ no visible fasteners
• EVR- Energy Recovery Ventilator meets or exceeds ASHREA 62.1
fresh air ventilation codes, 200 – 450 CFM variable owner settings,
67% summer / 75% winter heat Transfer efficiency
• Hinged, lockable, removable doors and side panels with modularized
construction to fit through standard doors and elevators for any floor
installation.
• Recycled Denim Insulation (no Fiberglass)
• Extremely Low Sound Levels
• Left or right corner installation ready
• Window height louver installation (see Below for Pricing)
• Cabinet Extension ICX28-1 Field Install see pricing below
• Side Trim Kit White (part#) IST4-1 (Field Install) see below pricing
• Color: White baked-on polyester enamel paint
• MERV 8 (P) 11 (M) 13 (N) 2” Pleated Filter
• AHRI Certified
• 2.5 ton unit - 11.7 EER 15 IPLV
• 3 ton unit - 12.3 EER 16.5 IPLV
• 3.5 ton unit - 12.1 EER 16.1 IPLV
• 4 ton unit - 12 EER 16.1 IPLV
• 5 ton unit - 10.8 EER 14.4 IPLV
•
 5 Year Bard factory Parts & Compressor Warranty
Description
Bard TH Series Outdoor Unit
3 Ton AC/Heat pump T36H1DC15RP8XXE
QTY
Unit Price
Cost
11 $_____ $_____
• -R-410A Environmentally Friendly Refrigerant
• Volts & Phase: 230/208/60/1 230/208/60/3 460/60/3 w/ Circuit
Breaker (230v) Toggle Disconnect (460v)
• Phase Rotation Monitor - 3 Phase models
• Protects Compressor Rotation
• Protects units upon phase loss or brown out.
• Factory Installed Electric 15KW Heat
• Copland Scroll Compressor
• Solid State Electronic Heat Pump Control
• Independent Hot Gas Dehumidification Cycle
• ECM Indoor Twin Blowers with Soft Start
• Liquid Line Filter Drier
• High/Low Auto Reset Pressure Control
• Compressor Control Module w/ Time Delay Relay
• Full-Length Mounting Brackets
• Color: Dark Bronze baked-on polyester enamel paint
• Factory Installed Ventilation (ERV)
• 2” Pleated Air Filter
• Low Ambient Control and Alarm Relay
• 5 year Bard warranty on compressor, heat transfer coils & parts.
AHRI Certified 11.2 EER
Field Installed Accessories
ILS1-30 Dark Bronze Anodized Aluminum Outdoor Louver
Grill
9 $_____
$_______
IRP-6-1 6” Platform Riser (White) / Other Risers available 3”,9”,11”
0 $_____
$_____
ICX28-1 Cabinet Extensions Kit (White) Optional (to fill in side void
between I-Tec unit back and building wall)
0 $_____
$_____
IPBDFH12-1 12” Duct Free Plenum – Black Linear Slot Grilles. (White)
9 $_____
$_____
IST4-1 Side Trim Kit (White)
9 $_____
$_____
IWS-B Adjustable Wall Sleeve 8” – 13.5”
9 $_____
$_____
DAHV 10”x 30” Aluminum Double Deflection Supply
11 $_____
$_____
DARH 16” 30” Aluminum Return Grill (3 - 4 Ton Outdoor Units)
11 $_____
$_____
Digital Programmable Auto Change-over Thermostat w/ (CO2-
20 $_____
$_____
To raise I-Tec unit wall sleeve to correct window sill height if over
standard allowable per spec
Humidity- Back net Ready) Replacement to the complete-Stat
Description
QTY
Unit Price
Cost
Subtotal $_____
Freight
20
$_____
Total $_____
Price Held Firm for 60 Days
SIGNATURE
_________________________________________ declares the following legal status
in submitting this Proposal:
(check one)
_________ A Corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State
of ________________
_________ A Partnership.
_________ An individual doing business as
______________________________________________
NOTE: This document shall be signed by an individual legally authorized to
bind the bidder to the bid and a contract.
Respectfully submitted for:
_____________________________________________________________
(Firm Name)
Contractors License Number: ______________________
Pursuant to the WV Contractor Licensing Act 1991, 2111-11
By: _______________________________________________ Signature & Title
WV Business Registration Number: __________________ Federal FEIN #:
________________________
Business Address:
_____________________________________________________________________
Phone Number: ____________ Fax Number: ____________ Email:
_____________________________
SEAL (If Bid by a Corporation)
If Bidder is a Partnership, fill in the following blanks:
Name of Partners:
______________________________
______________________________
If Bidder is a Corporation, fill in the following blanks:
Organized under the laws of state of _____________________________
Name and Address of President:
_____________________________________________________________________________
_______
Name and Address of Treasurer:
STATE OF ____________________________, TO-WIT:
The foregoing instrument was acknowledged before me this _______day of
________________, 2016
by _____________________________________ (name of officer or agent, title of
officer or agent) of
_______________________________________________(name of corporation,
partnership or
individual acknowledging), a _____________________ (state or place of
incorporation) corporation,
partnership or individual, on behalf of the corporation, partnership or
individual.
_____________________________________________
Signature of person taking acknowledgement
_____________________________________________
Title or Rank
Taken, subscribed and sworn to before me on this the ______ day of
_______________, 2016
My commission expires: ________________________________
____________________________________________
Notary Public
I-TEC SERIES
PACKAGED HEAT PUMP
INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS
Models:
I30H1I36H1I42H1
I48H1I60H1
I30H1DI36H1DI42H1D
I48H1DI60H1D
MIS-2957 A
Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Bryan, Ohio 43506
Since 1914 . . . Moving ahead, just as planned.
Manual:2100-549H
Supersedes:2100-549G
File:
Vol. II Tab 14
Date:05-16-14
Manual2100-549H
Page
1 of 59
CONTENTS
Getting Other Information and Publications
For more information, contact these publishers:............ 3
General & ANSI Z535.5 Definitions.............................. 4
I-TEC General Information
I-TEC Model Nomenclature........................................... 5
Shipping Damage, Unit Removal From Skid................. 8
Handling Unit After Removal From Skid........................ 8
Required Steps after Final Placement........................... 9
Minimum Installation Height........................................... 9
Securing Unit to Structure & Seismic Considerations.... 9
Duct Work, Supply Duct Connections & Filters............ 17
Condensate Drain........................................................ 18
With No Vent Option and With CRV & ERV................. 18
Installation Instructions
Mounting the Unit & Wiring — Main Wiring................... 21
Wiring—Low Volt. Wiring & Low Volt.Connections...... 22
Start Ups
R-410A Refrigerant Required...................................... 30
Topping Off System Charge......................................... 30
Safety Practices........................................................... 30
Description of Standard Equipment............................. 31
Important Installer Note............................................... 31
Phase Monitor.............................................................. 31
Three Phase Scroll Compressor.................................. 31
Figures
Figure 1 Unit Dimensions............................................ 7
Figure 2A & 2B Unit on Lift & Unit Side.......................... 8
Wall Mounting Bracket Location...................................... 9
Bracket Wall Sect. View & Wood Framed Install........... 10
Figure 3 Center of Gravity..........................................11
Figure 4 Req. Clearances & Rec. Access................. 12
Figure 5 Compressor Shipping Bolts........................ 13
Figure 6 Removal of Air Duct.................................... 13
Figure 7A Ducted Application...................................... 14
Figure 7B 3" Riser Application..................................... 15
Figure 7C 6" Riser Application..................................... 16
Figure 8 Supply Duct Connections............................ 17
Figure 9 Filter Location............................................. 17
Figure 10 Drain Locations........................................... 18
Figures 11A & 11B Unit Mounting......................... 19 & 20
Figure 12 Component Location................................... 21
Figure 13 Basic Heat Pump w/No Vent Pkg................ 23
Figure 14 HP w/CRV, without CO2 Control.................. 24
Figure 15 HP with CRV & CO2 Control........................ 25
Figure 16 HP with ERV, w/o CO2 Control.................... 26
Figure 17 HP with ERV & CO2 Control........................ 27
Figure 18 HP w/ERV & CO2 Control (Fully Mod.)........ 28
Figure 19 HP w/Comb. CRV & DB Econ. ("N" Vent)..... 29
Figure 20 Defrost Cycle............................................... 33
Figure 21 CRV Motor Speed/CFM Configuration........ 35
Figure 22 CRV Speed Change Terminal Access......... 36
Figure 23 Economizer Control Circuit......................... 38
Figure 24 Motor Speed / CFM Configuration.............. 39
Fig. 25A ERV Manual Mode "M" Terminal................. 43
Fig. 25B ERV Mod. Mode "P" Terminal..................... 43
Figure 26 Ventilation Airflow Diagram......................... 44
Figure 27 ERV Control Access.................................... 45
Figure 28 Control Board Config./Setting..................... 46
Manual2100-549H
Page 2 of 59
Service Hints................................................................ 31
Sequence of Operation................................................ 32
Pressure Service Ports................................................ 32
Lowering Outdoor Fan Speed for Sound..................... 32
Defrost Cycle............................................................... 33
I-TEC Commercial Room Ventilator System
Gen. Description, Control Wiring & Rec. Seq.............. 34
Setting the Ventilation CFM Levels.............................. 34
I-TEC Comb. CRV & Economizer Vent System
Description & Control Wiring........................................ 37
Setting the Ventilation CFM Levels.............................. 37
Economizer Seq. of Operation..................................... 38
Heating & Vent Mode .................................................. 39
I-TEC Energy Recovery Ventilator System
General Description & Control Wiring.......................... 40
Recommended Control Sequences............................. 41
Changing Ventilation CFM Rates in Manual Mode...... 41
Changing to Fully Modulating Mode............................ 41
Configuring Control for ERV Mod. Control.............. 47-48
Maintenance (Gen., Frequency, Clean & Perform.)...... 49-50
Troubleshooting
Solid State HP Control Troubleshooting Procedure..... 51
Checking Temperature Sensor.................................... 52
Troubleshooting ECM™ 142R Motor...................43 & 54
Replacing the Motor.....................................................54
Troubleshooting Indoor ECM™ Motor....................55-56
Fan Blade Setting Dimensions.................................... 57
Refrigerant Charge...................................................... 57
Figures (continued)
Figure 29 Hub Assembly w/Ball Bearings................... 50
Figure 30 Control Disassembly................................... 56
Figure 31 Winding Test................................................ 56
Figure 32 Drip Loop.................................................... 56
Figure 33 Control Connector Motor Half..................... 57
Tables
Table 1 Factory Built-In Electric Heat Table................ 5
Table 1A Indoor Blower Performance........................... 5
Table 2 Elec. Specifications........................................ 6
Center of Gravity Reference Table................................11
Table 3 Operating Voltage Range............................. 22
Table 4 Wall Thermostats.......................................... 22
Low Voltage Connections for DDC Control................... 22
Performance & App. Data:
Summer Cooling & Winter Heating.............. 42
Table 5 Troubleshooting............................................ 51
Table 6 Temp. vs Resistance of Temp. Sensor......... 52
Table 7 Troubleshooting ECM™ 142R..................... 54
Table 8 Cooling Mode............................................... 54
Table 9 Heat Pump Mode......................................... 54
Troubleshooting ECM™ Blower Motors........................ 57
Power Connector.......................................................... 57
Table 10APressures: Full Load Cooling....................... 58
Table 10BPressures: Full Load Heating....................... 58
Table 11APressures: Part Load Cooling ..................... 59
Table 11BPressures: Part Load Heating...................... 59
GETTING OTHER INFORMATION AND PUBLICATIONS
These publications can help you install the air
conditioner or heat pump. You can usually find these
at your local library or purchase them directly from the
publisher. Be sure to consult current edition of each
standard.
National Electrical Code....................... ANSI/NFPA 70
Standard for the Installation................ANSI/NFPA 90A
of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems
Standard for Warm Air........................ANSI/NFPA 90B
Heating and Air Conditioning Systems
Load Calculation for ...................... ACCA Manual J or
Winter and Summer
Manual N
Air Conditioning
Low Pressure, Low Velocity.......... ACCA Manual D or
Duct System Design Manual Q
Winter and Summer Air Conditioning
FOR MORE INFORMATION, CONTACT
THESE PUBLISHERS:
ACCA
Air Conditioning Contractors of America
1712 New Hampshire Avenue
Washington, DC 20009
Telephone: (202) 483-9370
Fax: (202) 234-4721
ANSI
American National Standards Institute
11 West Street, 13th Floor
New York, NY 10036
Telephone: (212) 642-4900
Fax: (212) 302-1286
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers, Inc.
1791 Tullie Circle, N.E.
Atlanta, GA 30329-2305
Telephone: (404) 636-8400
Fax: (404) 321-5478
NFPA
National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park
P.O. Box 9101
Quincy, MA 02269-9901
Telephone: (800) 344-3555
Fax: (617) 984-7057
Manual2100-549H
Page
3 of 59
GENERAL
The equipment covered in this manual is to be installed
by trained, experienced service and installation
technicians.
The I-TEC must be installed with the Bard manufactured IWS wall sleeve and ILG louver grille accessories. These are sold as separate accessories. Any substitutions will void the manufacturer’s warranty.
The unit is designed for use with or without ductwork.
For use without ductwork, Plenum Box IPBDF8color (8" height) or IPBDF12-color (12" height) is
recommended.
These instructions explain the recommended method
to install the air cooled self-contained unit and the
electrical connections to it.
These instructions and any instructions packaged
with any separate equipment required to make up the
entire heating and air conditioning system should be
carefully read before beginning the installation. Note
particularly “Start Procedure” and any tags and/or
labels attached to the equipment.
ANSI Z535.5 Definitions:
• Danger: Indicate[s] a hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, will result in death or serious injury. The
signal word “DANGER” is to be limited to the most
extreme situations. DANGER [signs] should not be used
for property damage hazards unless personal injury risk
appropriate to these levels is also involved.
• Warning: Indicate[s] a hazardous situation which,
if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
WARNING [signs] should not be used for property
damage hazards unless personal injury risk appropriate to
this level is also involved.
• Caution: Indicate[s] a hazardous situation which, if
not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.
CAUTION [signs] without a safety alert symbol may be
used to alert against unsafe practices that can result in
property damage only.
• Notice: [this header is] preferred to address practices
not related to personal injury. The safety alert symbol
shall not be used with this signal word. As an alternative
to “NOTICE” the word “CAUTION” without the safety
alert symbol may be used to indicate a message not
related to personal injury.
Manual2100-549H
Page 4 of 59
While these instructions are intended as a general
recommended guide, they do not supersede any national
and/or local codes in any way. Authorities having
jurisdiction should be consulted before the installation is
made. See Page 3 for information on codes and standards.
Size of unit for a proposed installation should be
based on heat loss or heat gain calculation made
according to methods of Air Conditioning Contractors
of America (ACCA). The air duct should be installed
in accordance with the Standards of the National Fire
Protection Systems of Other Than Residence Type,
NFPA No. 90A, and Residence Type Warm Air Heating
and Air Conditioning Systems, NFPA No. 90B. Where
local regulations are at a variance with instructions,
installer should adhere to local codes.
I-TEC Series General Information
I-TEC MODEL NOMENCLATURE
I
36 MODEL
SERIES
H
1
D
A 0Z
SYSTEM TYPE:
HEAT PUMP
NOMINAL
CAPACITY
30 = 30,000 BTUH
36 = 36,000
42 = 42,000
48 = 48,000
60 = 60,000
R
P
SPECIAL UNITS
(–) =Standard
D =Dehum.
X
X
2
CONTROLS
COLOR OPTIONS
X-Beige paint
1 - White paint
4 - Gray paint
ELECTRIC HEAT
0Z= No heat w/breaker
04 = 4KW 1-Phase
05 = 5KW 1-Phase
06 = 6KW 3-Phase
09 = 9KW 3-Phase
10 = 10KW 1-Phase
15 = 15KW 1 & 3-Phase
18 = 18KW 3-Phase
20 = 20KW 1-Phase
REVISION
4
X= 24V Terminal Block Only w/o CompleteStat
1= CompleteStat THO (Temp, Humidity & Occupancy)
2= CompleteStat THO w/CO2
3= CompleteStat THO w/Ethernet
4= CompleteStat THO w/CO2 & Ethernet
FILTER OPTIONS
P = 2" Pleated MERV 8
M = 2" Pleated MERV 11
N = 2" Pleated MERV 13
Note: CompleteStat must be field
installed & wired. All units have
24V terminal block.
VOLTS & PHASE |
A = 230/208, 60-1
B = 230/208, 60-3
C = 460-60-3
VENTILATION OPTIONS
B =Blank-Off Plate
M=Multi-Speed CRV
N =Comb. CRV & DB Economizer
R =ERV
RESERVED
COIL TREATMENT
X-Std. Hydrophilic Fin Evap. & Uncoated Alum. Cond. Coil
1 - Phenolic Coated ID Coil
2 - Phenolic Coated OD Coil
3 - Phenolic Coated ID & OD Coil
TABLE 1
FACTORY BUILT-IN ELECTRIC HEAT TABLE
Models
KW
I30H1-A
I30H1-B
I36H1-A
I42H1-A
I30H1-C
I36H1-B
I42H1-B
I36H1-C
I42H1-C
BTUH
BTUH
I48H1-C
I60H1-C
I60H1-A
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
BTUH
20,478 15,359
20,478
30,717 23,038
30,717
51,195 38,396 51,195 38,396
51,195
61,434 46,076
61,434
BTUH
BTUH
13,652 10,239
17,065 12,799
6.0
9.0
10.0
I48H1-B
I60H1-B
240V-1 208V-1 240V-3 208V-3 460V-3 240V-1 208V-1 240V-3 208V-3 460V-3 240V-1 208V-1 240V-3 208V-3 460V-3 240V-1 208V-1
4.0
5.0
I48H1-A
17,065 12,799
20,478 15,359
20,478
30,717 23,038
30,717
34,130 25,598
17,065 12,799
20,478 15,359
20,478
30,717 23,038
30,717
34,130 25,598
15.0
17,065 12,799
34,130 25,598
51,195 38,396 51,195 38,396
51,195
18.0
20.0
34,130 25,598
68,260 51,195
51,195 38,396
68,260 51,195
TABLE 1A
INDOOR BLOWER PERFORMANCE 
MODEL
Rated
ESP
MAX
ESP
k
Continuous
Airflow
Rated 2nd
Stage CFM
Rated 1st
Stage CFM
l
5 - 9KW
CFM
m
13.5 - 18KW
CFM
I30H1
.15
0.50
500
900
650
700
1400
I36H1
.15
0.50
600
1150
850
700
1400
I42H1
.20
0.50
650
1300
950
700
1400
I48H1
.20
0.50
725
1500
1050
700
1400
I60H1
.20
0.50
850
1700
1200
700
1400

Motor will deliver consistent CFM through voltage supply range with no deterioration.

Continuous fan CFM is the total air being circulated during continuous fan mode.

Will operate at rated Full Load Airflow when operating with Heat Pump.

Will occur automatically with a call for "W3" or "Emergency Heat" signal from the thermostat (Heat Pump Operation is terminated at this condition).
Manual2100-549H
Page
5 of 59
TABLE 2
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Single Circuit
MODEL
I30H1-A0Z
A05
A10
I30H1-B0Z
B06
B09
I30H1-C0Z
C06
C09
I36H1-A0Z
A05
A10
j A15
I36H1-B0Z
B06
B09
j B15
I36H1-C0Z
C06
C09
j C15
I42H1-A0Z
A05
A10
j A15
I42H1-B0Z
B06
B09
j B15
I42H1-C0Z
C06
C09
j C15
I48H1-A0Z
A04
A05
A10
j A15
j A20
I48H1-B0Z
B06
B09
j B15
j B18
I48H1-C0Z
C06
C09
j C15
j C18
I60H1-A0Z
A05
A10
j A15
j A20
I60H1-B0Z
B06
B09
j B15
j B18
I60H1-C0Z
C06
C09
j C15
j C18
Rated
Volts,
Hertz &
Phase
230/208-1
230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1
230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1
230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1
230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1
230/208-3
460-3
No. Field
Power
Circuits
Minimum
Circuit
Ampacity
Maximum
External
Fuse or
Ckt. Brkr.
Field
Power
Wire Size
Ground
Wire
1
1
1 or 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1
1
1
1
1 or 2
1
1
1
1
1
22
48
74
17
35
44
9
18
22
26
52
78
84
22
40
49
51
11
20
24
28
30
56
82
82
25
43
52
52
12
21
26
28
34
54
59
85
85
110
26
44
53
53
53
15
25
29
29
29
44
70
96
96
112
31
49
58
58
63
15
25
29
29
29
35
50
80
25
35
45
10
20
25
40
60
80
90
30
45
50
60
15
20
25
30
45
60
90
90
35
50
60
60
15
25
30
30
50
60
70
90
90
110
35
50
60
60
60
20
30
30
30
30
60
80
100
100
120
45
60
60
60
70
20
30
30
30
30
8
8
4
10
8
8
14
12
10
8
6
4
4
10
8
8
6
14
12
10
10
8
6
4
4
8
8
6
6
14
10
10
10
8
6
6
3
3
2
8
8
6
6
6
12
10
10
10
10
8
4
3
3
2
8
8
6
6
6
12
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
10
10
10
14
12
10
10
10
8
8
10
10
10
10
14
12
10
10
10
10
8
8
10
10
10
10
14
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
8
6
10
10
10
10
10
12
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
8
6
10
10
10
10
8
12
10
10
10
10
Dual Circuit
Maximum
Minimum
External
Field Power
Ground Wire
Circuit
Fuse or Ckt.
Wire Size
Size
Ampacity
Breaker
Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. A Ckt. B
48
30
50
30
8
10
10
10
26
26
52
52
40
40
60
60
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
56
56
26
52
60
60
30
60
6
6
10
6
10
10
10
10
35
35
35
59
26
52
52
52
45
45
45
60
30
60
60
60
8
8
8
6
10
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
44
44
44
60
26
52
52
52
60
60
60
60
30
60
60
60
8
8
8
6
10
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
31
54
45
60
8
6
10
10
These “Minimum Circuit Ampacity” values are to be used for sizing the field power conductors. Refer to the National Electric Code (latest
revision), article 310 for power conductor sizing.
Caution: When more than one field power conductor circuit is run through one conduit, the conductors must be derated. Pay special
attention to note 8 of table 310 regarding Ampacity Adjustment Factors when more than three conductors are in a raceway.
Maximum size of the time delay fuse or HACR type circuit breaker for protection of field wiring conductors.
Based on 75°C copper wire. All wiring must conform to the National Electrical Code and all local codes.
Maximum KW that can operate with heat pump on is 10KW for 1-Phase and 9KW for 3-Phase.

Represents Electric Heat Only. Electrical Control Circuit will lockout Heat Pump Operation.
Manual2100-549H
Page 6 of 59
Manual2100-549H
Page
7 of 59
1
24"
Front Forklift Holes
(Remove Front Trim)
13 4 "
1
5
58"
3
Side Forklift Holes
(Remove Sides)
1
22 4 "
Lower
Section
71 4 "
Upper
Section
94"
Total
Height
15 8 "
Locking
Door Latch
Electrical
Disconnect
Locking
Door Latch
(4) Lift-Off
Hinges
High Voltage
7
Entrance
11 8 "
Electric Heat
Wire Channel
30" With Doors and
Sides Removed
Right Side View
1
24 2 "
1
71 2 "
Outer
Sleeve
Inner
Sleeve
Return
Air
(2) Return
Openings
3
34"
8"
1
38"
Supply
Air
1
38"
MIS-2917 A
(2) Opt.
Unit Drain
Entrances
Inner
Sleeve
Outer
Sleeve
Return
Air
Back View
Unit Specification Sheet
(2) Unit
Drains
2"
3
31 8 "
Total Depth
26 4 "
3
20" x 24" Supply Frame
(2) 12" x 20"
Vent Exhaust
Air Filters
Low Voltage
Entrance
20"
(2) Side
Handles
1
11 4 "
5
47 8 " Total Width
1
46 8 " With Sides Removed
(2) Washable
Vent Intake
Air Filters
Control Panel
(2) 2"x24"x30"
Return Air
Filters
Front View
24"
28 4 "
1
34"
1
Top View
FIGURE 1
UNIT DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING DAMAGE
HANDLING UNIT AFTER REMOVAL FROM SKID
Upon receipt of equipment, the unit should be checked
for external signs of shipping damage. The skid must
remain attached until the unit is ready for installation. If
damage is found, the receiving party must contact the
last carrier immediately, preferably in writing, requesting
inspection by the carrier’s agent.
If a wide and tall enough opening exists, the I-TEC can be
moved as a complete assembled unit. If not, it is designed
to break down into two sections to allow it to pass through
a 36 inch wide door.
1. Depress & release both top & bottom door latches
and open doors.
2. Remove the doors by lifting straight up and off from the hinge pins.
3.Remove cabinet sides by first removing the four (4)
sheet metal screws from the front (leading edge) of the
side panel. The panel will not fall off. Swing the panel
away from the chassis 20 to 30 degrees & then pull
forward from the two (2) tabs supporting the rear edge.
4. On each side of the unit is a tie plate that secures the top and bottom sections with four (4) cap bolts. Using a ½ inch wrench or socket, remove these screws from both plates and set aside.
5. If the unit is equipped with a CRV or ERV, you must unplug the wire harness on the left-hand side of the control box.
6.A forklift or a lift rated for the load is required to
lift the top section off from the bottom base. Do
not attempt to do this manually. Failure to do so
could result in the unit tipping over & causing
bodily injury and/or damage to the unit.
7. The top section can be forked from either the RH or LH side. See Figure 1 for fork openings.
8.Carefully lift the top section straight up avoiding tipping.
9. Move the top section through the doorway and
place on flat surface free of debris.
10. The bottom base can now be moved through the
doorway the same way.
11. Reassemble the unit by reversing this procedure.
UNIT REMOVAL FROM SKID
WARNING
This unit is heavy and requires more than one person
to handle during installation and removal from the skid.
Extreme caution must be taken to prevent injury to
personnel and damage to the unit. Use appropriate safety
equipment, including gloves when handling. Failure to do
so may result in serious injury.
A forklift or a lift rated for the load (Figure 2A) is
required to lift the unit off from the skid. This unit is
top heavy and should never be tipped while moving it.
The I-TEC is designed to be lifted off the skid from the
front or rear of the unit without having to remove any
doors or side panels. See Figure 1 for fork openings.
The shipping brackets on front and rear of the unit must
be removed and discarded. The unit can now be lifted
straight up and the skid can be slid out from underneath.
Tip unit from left side only.
Failure to do so may result in injury due to unit
top-heaviness or compressor damage!
FIGURE 2A — UNIT ON LIFT
FIGURE 2B UNIT SIDE

ERV/CRV
HARNESS CONNECTION
(4) CAP BOLTS
FORK OPENING


(Visible after
removing tie plate)

TIE PLATE
(Covers entire width; shortened for illustration
purposes to show Fork Openings)
Manual2100-549H
Page 8 of 59
REQUIRED STEPS AFTER FINAL PLACEMENT
SECURING UNIT TO STRUCTURE
The compressor is secured to the base with two (2)
bolts for shipping. Although the unit will perform
as designed with the shipping bolts in place, there
may be a noticeable additional noise and vibration
noted. To obtain the lowest noise and vibration levels,
remove the shipping bolts after the unit is in its final
operating location. To gain access to the compressor,
the compressor access panel must be removed (Figure
9). Once this panel is removed, the CRV/ERV air duct
must be removed. See Figure 6.
The air duct is removed by pulling it straight toward
you; there are no screws securing it in place. Both the
top and bottom slide toward you at the same time (pull
hard). Once removed, the compressor is visible as well
as the tags on the shipping bolts (Figure 5).
After the compressor shipping bolts have been
removed, the CRV/ERV air duct can be slid back in
place and the compressor access panel attached.
Shipped with the I-TEC unit is a wall mounting bracket
(screwed to shipping skid on backside of unit). This
bracket can be utilized to secure the top portion of the
unit to the wall using the appropriate field supplied
hardware based upon the material you are fastening to.
(There are several offset holes, sized to accept up to a
1/4" diameter fastener that will easily allow you to hit
studs on a framed wall.) See BRACKET SECTION
VIEW for locating this top wall bracket which will
need to be applied after the unit is located in the final
position.
MINIMUM INSTALLATION HEIGHT
The minimum installation height to the bottom of the
roof or fixed ceiling for ducted applications is 9 ft. 7 in.
This provides enough clearance to install the duct work.
See Figure 7A.
The IWS Series wall sleeve has a built-in vertical
adjustment to fit window sill heights from 31-34 inches.
If additional height is required, two riser platform
accessories are available. The IRP3 increases the unit
height by 3 inches (Figure 7B) and the IRP6 by 6 inches
(Figure 7C).
Several construction options are available for unit
installation of the IZ Series. Serviceability and filter
access must be considered before installing. See Figure
5D for required clearances and recommended service
access dimensions.
2"
1 11/16"
Additional/optional mounting holes for up to a 3/8"
diameter fastener are also available in the backside of
the unit. These can be accessed by:
• removing the air filters for the uppermost set
• removing the compressor section service door for
the lower set
Refer to WOOD FRAMED INSTALLATION for
additional framing required to secure unit to wall.
The additional/optional mounting holes will require a
long extension to drive the fasteners.
SEISMIC CONSIDERATIONS
The I-TEC product features several locations for product
securement but all site conditions are different. Consult
with a licensed Seismic Engineer to advise of particular
needs when attaching the I-TEC unit to the structure.
WALL MOUNTING BRACKET LOCATION
43 3/8"
Ø1/4"
BRACKET
3/4"
1 1/2"
7/8"
94" FROM BOTTOM
OF BRACKET TO
FLOOR WITHOUT
RISER KIT
MIS-3029
Manual2100-549H
Page
9 of 59
RISER KIT
NONE
IRP-3 (3")
IRP-6 (6")
DIM A
31"-34" MAX
34"-37" MAX
37"-40" MAX
Optional
Duct
DIM B
29 17/32"
32 17/32"
35 17/32"
DIM C
94 1/8"
97 1/8"
100 1/8"
Wall Section View
BRACKET WALL SECTION VIEW
Optional Top
Bracket
Outside
Wall
Ceiling
Optional
Trim or
Supply Duct
Box
(4) optional Unit
Mounting holes
Telescoping
Wall Sleeve**
7
7
20 8 "
20 8 "
Sleeve Mounting
Hole Locations
Centered on
Opening
Outside
Wall
3"
3
43 8 "
6"
Centered
20"
42-3/4" Min.
43-1/4" Max.
DIM C
48" Min.
48-1/2" Max.
Grille
3
49 8 "
Centered
1
56 2 "
20"
(4) optional Unit
Mounting holes
Unit
31" Min. *
34" Max.
DIM A
*
7
20 8 "
8"
15
1 16 "
20"
Room Floor Level
CL
18 3/4
CL
7 3/8
17.5"
35"
Right Side View
DIM B
20"
7
43 8 "
Floor
11
4 16 "
8"
FLOOR MOUNTING HOLE
& CENTERLINES
Front (Wall Only) View
* Higher Sill Heights Acheivable With Base Kit.
** Separate telescoping sleeves available for different wall thicknesses.
MIS-2918 D
WOOD FRAMED INSTALLATION (for Wall Attachment)
41.75
Inner wall
(4) Upper
fastener holes
6.00
Unit
(4) lower fastener
holes
56.50
29.56*
8.00
20.88
36.88
Floor
8.00
* Height dimension shown without
riser kit. If unit uses riser kit add
appropriate dimension to height.
MIS-3072
Manual2100-549H
Page 10 of 59
FIGURE 3
CENTER OF GRAVITY
CENTER OF GRAVITY
"Z"
"X"
"Y"
UNIT TESTED
MIS-3269
FRONT OF UNIT
DOOR TO CENTER
LEFT SIDE
TO CENTER
FLOOR TO CENTER
CRV & ERV
FLOOR TO CENTER
NO VENT
"X" Dimension
"Y" Dimension
"Z" Dimension
"Z" Dimension
I30H1-A, -B
14"
24"
43½"
47"
I30H1-C
14"
24¼"
43½"
47"
I36H1-A, -B
14"
24"
43½"
47"
I36H1-C
14"
24¼"
43½"
47"
I42H1-A, -B
14"
24"
43½"
47"
I42H1-C
14"
24¼"
43½"
47"
I48H1-A, -B
14"
24"
43½"
47"
I48H1-C
14"
24¼"
43½"
47"
I60H1-A, -B
14"
24"
43½"
47"
I60H1-C
14"
24¼"
43½"
47"
Manual2100-549H
Page
11 of 59
FIGURE 4
REQUIRED CLEARANCES & RECOMMENDED ACCESS
WING WALL CONSTRUCTION TOP VIEW
12" MIN.
12" MIN.
CLOSET CONSTRUCTION TOP VIEW
31 3/8"
12" MIN.
12" MIN.
12" MIN.
12" MIN.
48" MIN.
RECOMMENDED SERVICE
ACCESS DIMENSIONS
12" MIN.
FOR LEFT
SIDE
ACCESS
12" MIN.
FOR RIGHT
SIDE
ACCESS
LEFT CORNER CONSTRUCTION TOP VIEW
FILTERS
24" MIN.
24" MIN.
0" REQUIRED
12" RECOMENDED
48"
MIN. FOR
FILTER ACCESS
RIGHT CORNER CONSTRUCTION TOP VIEW
0" REQUIRED
12" RECOMENDED
MIS-3273
Manual2100-549H
Page 12 of 59
FIGURE 5
COMPRESSOR SHIPPING BOLTS

COMPRESSOR
SHIPPING BOLT

COMPRESSOR
SHIPPING BOLT
FIGURE 6
REMOVAL OF AIR DUCT
CRV / ERV
AIR DUCT
Manual2100-549H
Page
13 of 59
Manual2100-549H
Page 14 of 59
7'-9 3/4"
UNIT HEIGHT
SUSPENDED
CEILING
20"
MINIMUM
BOTTOM OF ROOF
OR FIXED CEILING
9'-7" MINIMUM
CLEARANCE
RECOMMENDED TO
BOTTOM OF ROOF
OR FIXED CEILING
FLOOR
4" MINIMUM FROM
TOP OF UNIT TO
DUCT BOTTOM
12"
MINIMUM
MIS-2958 B
9'-2"
MINIMUM
REQUIRED
INSTALLATION
HEIGHT
TURNING VANES
RECOMMENDED
FIELD SUPPLIED DUCT
FIGURE 7A
DUCTED APPLICATION – BASIC UNIT
3" RISER
7'-9 3/4"
UNIT HEIGHT
SUSPENDED
CEILING
20"
MINIMUM
BOTTOM OF ROOF
OR FIXED CEILING
9'-10" MINIMUM
CLEARANCE
RECOMMENDED TO
BOTTOM OF ROOF
OR FIXED CEILING
FLOOR
4" MINIMUM FROM
TOP OF UNIT TO
DUCT BOTTOM
12"
MINIMUM
FIELD SUPPLIED DUCT
MIS-2989 B
9'-5"
MINIMUM
REQUIRED
INSTALLATION
HEIGHT
TURNING VANES
RECOMMENDED
FIGURE 7B
3" RISER APPLICATION
Manual2100-549H
Page
15 of 59
Manual2100-549H
Page 16 of 59
6" RISER
7'-9 3/4"
UNIT HEIGHT
SUSPENDED
CEILING
20"
MINIMUM
BOTTOM OF ROOF
OR FIXED CEILING
10'-1" MINIMUM
CLEARANCE
RECOMMENDED TO
BOTTOM OF ROOF
OR FIXED CEILING
FLOOR
4" MINIMUM FROM
TOP OF UNIT TO
DUCT BOTTOM
12"
MINIMUM
TURNING VANES
RECOMMENDED
MIS-2988 B
9'-8"
MINIMUM
REQUIRED
INSTALLATION
HEIGHT
FIELD SUPPLIED DUCT
FIGURE 7C
6" RISER APPLICATION
Any heat pump is more critical of proper operating
charge and an adequate duct system than a straight air
conditioning unit. All duct work must be properly sized
for the design airflow requirement of the equipment.
Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA) is
an excellent guide to proper sizing. All duct work or
portions thereof not in the conditioned space should be
properly insulated in order to both conserve energy and
prevent condensation or moisture damage. When duct
runs through unheated spaces, it should be insulated
with a minimum of one inch of insulation. Use
insulation with a vapor barrier on the outside of the
insulation. Flexible joints should be used to connect
the duct work to the equipment in order to keep the
noise transmission to a minimum.
The I-TEC series heat pump has provision to attach a
supply air duct to the top of the unit. Duct connection
size is 20 inches x 24 inches. The flanges are shipped
flat and must be bent upward using sheet metal flanging
pliers. The duct work is field supplied. See Figure 8
for suggested attachment method.
Make sure to seal the slots in the bend-up flange at the
time of securing your ductwork to the flange. This can
be accomplished with either foil tape or caulk. Failing
to do so may cause air leakage/whistling of air.
mounted install (9'-9" with IRP3 riser & 10'-0" with
IRP6 riser). The ICX10 extends 28" above the unit for
a total height of 10'-2" for a floor mounted install (10'5" with IRP3 riser & 10'-8" with IRP6 riser).
The unit is equipped with a variable speed indoor
blower motor which increases in speed with an increase
in duct static pressure. The unit will therefore deliver
proper rated airflow up to the maximum ESP shown
in Table 1A. However, for quiet operation of the
air system, the duct static should be kept as low as
practical, within the guidelines of good duct design.
FILTERS
Two 2-inch throw away filters (24 x 30) and two
1-inch throw away filters (12 x 20) are supplied with
each unit. The 2-inch filters slide into brackets on
both sides for the return air openings. The 1-inch
filters are in the cabinet doors for the vent (room air)
exhaust. If a CRV or ERV vent option is used, there
are two (2) additional ½" (8 x 17) washable filters
included with that option. See Figure 9 for specific
locations. The filters are serviced from the inside of
the building by opening the cabinet doors, and do not
require any tools to access.
FIGURE 9
FILTER LOCATION
FIGURE 8
SUPPLY DUCT CONNECTIONS
20"

24"
24" X 30" X 2"
FILTERS
SUPPLY DUCT AND
FASTENERS TO BE
FIELD SUPPLIED

DUCT WORK
INDOOR
BLOWER
ACCESS
BEND THE PROVIDED
SUPPLY FRAME FLANGES
UP FOR DUCT INSTALLATION
MIS-2959
COMPRESSOR
ACCESS
NOTE:Unit cabinet, supply air duct and duct free
plenum are approved for “0” clearance to combustible material.
ACCESS TO
WASHABLE
FILTERS
The IPBDF Plenum Box mounts on top of the unit and
has both vertically and horizontally adjustable louvers on
the front discharge grille.


VENT
OPTION
ACCESS

When used with a ducted supply, an ICX9 or ICX10
Cabinet Extension may be used to conceal the ductwork
above the unit to the ceiling. The ICX9 extends 20"
above the unit for a total height of 9'-6" for a floor

The I-TEC series heat pumps are designed for use with
free return (non-ducted) and either duct free with the
use of IPBDF Series Plenum Box (8" or 12") or a duct
supply air system.
12" X 20" X 1"
FILTERS
Manual2100-549H
Page
17 of 59
CONDENSATE DRAIN
WITH COMMERCIAL ROOM VENTILATOR
There are two condensate drain connections from the
condenser drain pan (compressor area). These are
visible from the rear of the unit. Factory installed tubing
connects the two drains at a tee connection and then a
single drain hose with a barbed hose connector carries
the condensate to the draining option of your choice.
Enough tubing is provided to reach all drain options and
can be cut down in length.
1. Open hinged front doors.
2. Disconnect unit power to eliminate shock hazard.
3. Remove front cover/door of CRV vent package. (Can leave filter access panels in place.)
4. Unplug wires coming in on left side from upper unit section.
5.Unplug two wire harness from front (intake) blower.
6. Remove two (2) screws securing front (intake) blower and slide blower out of unit.
7. Remove four (4) screws that retain the partition behind/beneath intake blower removed in Step #6.
8. Rear drain access panels are now visible on both right-hand and left-hand sides in rear of box.
The unit is shipped from the factory with the drain line
on the left-hand side as you look at the rear of the unit.
The tubing can be removed from the drain connections
and flipped for a right-hand drain. See Figure 10.
The drain can be routed directly through the floor or
through the wall. There are also two optional drain
locations in the lower rear back panel. See Figure 8.
The I-TEC design does not require a trap in the
condensate disposal tubing. Check your local codes to
see if a “P” trap is required.
For a stand pipe floor drain or through the wall, there is
adequate hose length to reach anything located behind
the unit. The lower rear portion of the cabinet is recessed
approximately 4 inches allowing room for a “P” trap to
be installed with the cabinet flush with the wall. Keep in
mind, the drain line must be able to be removed from the
unit if necessary to remove the unit from the wall.
Access plates are located on the rear of the unit for
servicing the drain trap. See Figure 10. If the drain line
is to be routed through an unconditioned space, it must
be protected from freezing.
The condensate drain line can also be routed back into the
unit through either the right-hand or left-hand optional
drain locations on the rear of the unit. The hole is
covered by insulation on the inside of the unit and will
have to be cut away. Located inside the unit, about 12
inches in from the front on both the left and right side
are drain holes in the bottom of the base. These holes
are covered with insulation and are not visible. They are
located very close to the side panels and can be found by
pressing down on the insulation. Cut insulation away to
expose the hole. A drain trap can now be installed inside
of the cabinet, and the drain hose routed directly through
the floor.
Once the I-TEC is installed, the rear drains exiting the
condenser section can be easily serviced with removal
of the pre-painted metal sides (lift-off doors, remove
four [4] screws to remove side).
If side access is not available, the drain lines and trap
can be serviced by removing either one of the drain
access panels on the rear of the unit (in the ventilation
package area.) See Figure 10.
WITH ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR
To access the rear drain access panels of this section:
1. Open hinged front doors.
2. Disconnect unit power to eliminate shock hazard.
3. Remove front cover/door of ERV vent package. (Can leave filter access panels in place.)
4. Unplug wires coming in on left side from upper unit section.
5.Unplug heat recovery cassette on the side you wish to access, and slide cassette out the front of the unit.
6. Remove two (2) screws securing partition on outboard side of cassette and remove.
7. Rear drain access panels are now visible on both right-hand and left-hand sides in rear of box.
FIGURE 10 — DRAIN LOCATIONS
(2) Unit Drains
Drain Access
Locations
8"
3
38"
(2)OPTIONAL
DRAIN HOLES
3
38"
(2) Optional
Unit Drain
Entrances
WALL
7 3/16"
16 1/2"
WITH NO VENT OPTION
To access the drain access panels in the rear of this
section, simply remove the front door/cover from the
box, and the plates are located in the rear of the box.
Manual2100-549H
Page 18 of 59
18 3/4"
OPTIONAL FLOOR
MOUNTING HOLES
35"
3
40 4 "
MIS-2960 B
FIGURE 11A
UNIT MOUNTING
Use (12) Field Supplied Concrete
or Wood Screws to Secure Outer
Sleeve to Structure.
IMPORTANT!
Apply Caulk bead to
entire perimeter seam
between inner and
outer sleeve.
IMPORTANT!
Apply liberal amount
of caulk to back of
flange before installing.
REF.
A
REF.
B
Use (12) 3/4" Long
Self Tapping Screws
to Attach Inner Sleeve
to Unit Back
Use (6) 3/4" Long
Self Tapping Screws
to Attach Inner Sleeve
to Outer Sleeve
IMPORTANT!
Use care when inserting screws
to not damage gasketing material.
Doing so may compromise water
seal between unit and sleeve.
Pull Inner Frame
Out Until Flush
With Grille Mounting
Angle
REF.
E
REF.
C
REF.
Use (6) 3/4" Long
Screws to Attach
Exhaust Sleeve to
Unit Fan Shroud
(18) 5/16" - 3/4" SELF TAPPING A AND B
(6) 5/16" - 3/4" NON-TAPPING
(4) 5/16" - 1/2" NON-TAPPING
(4) 1-1/2" LONG SCREWS
REF.
C
REF.
D
REF.
E
Use (4) 1-1/2" Long
Screws to Attach
Louver Grille to
Outer Sleeve.
REF.
D
Use (4) 1/2" Long
Screws to Attach
frame to Exhaust
Sleeve
MIS-3014 A
Manual2100-549H
Page
19 of 59
FIGURE 11B
UNIT MOUNTING
OUTSIDE WALL
(INSULATED)
INSIDE WALL
(SIZE VARIES)
AREA BETWEEN
WALL AND SLEEVE
(INSULATED)
OUTDOOR GRILLE
I-TEC UNIT
SLEEVE
FILL INSULATION
DRAIN AREA
INSULATED WITH
6" BATT MATERIAL
INTERIOR FLOOR
MIS-2928 B
Manual2100-549H
Page 20 of 59
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
MOUNTING THE UNIT
WIRING – MAIN POWER
The wall sleeve is attached to the I-TEC unit from the
outside of the building. See Figures 11A & 11B. Refer
to wall sleeve Manual 2100-562 supplied with sleeve.
Refer to the unit rating plate and/or Table 2 for wire sizing
information and maximum fuse or “HACR Type” circuit
breaker size. Each unit is marked with a “Minimum Circuit
Ampacity”. This means that the field wiring used must be
sized to carry that amount of current. Depending on the
installed KW of electric heat, there may be two field power
circuits required. If this is the case, the unit serial plate will
so indicate. All models are suitable only for connection
with copper wire. Each unit and/or wiring diagram will
be marked “Use Copper Conductors Only suitable for
at least 75°C”. THESE INSTRUCTIONS MUST BE
ADHERED TO. Refer to the National Electrical Code
(NEC) for complete current carrying capacity data on the
various insulation grades of wiring material. All wiring
must conform to NEC and all local codes.
Following are the steps for attaching the I-TEC to the
wall sleeve.
1. Lift the unit into place making sure that it is
aligned side to side.
2. Push the unit back until the rear panel touches
the sleeve gasket.
3. This unit must be level from side to side and
from front to back. If adjustments are necessary,
shim up under the base rails with sheets of metal
or any substance not affected by moisture.
4. Attach the sleeve to the unit using the ten (10) ¾"
long self-tapping screws supplied with the sleeve.
5. The exhaust sleeve has three (3) ¾" long screw slots
in each side flange. Line these up with the screw
engagement holes in the fan panel. Attach using
six (6) ¾" long pointed sheet metal screws supplied
with the sleeve. Extend the sleeve out until it is
flush with the louver grill attachment angles.
6. Lock the sleeve in place using two (2) ½" long pointed sheet metal screws on each side by
shooting through the slot into a pre-punched hole.
7. A bottom trim piece is shipped loose for installation beneath the doors. Attach the trim piece to the unit with screws provided.
8. The compressor is secured to the base with two (2) bolts for shipping. Both bolts are identified with a tag. Remove shipping bolts (Figure 5).
The electrical data lists fuse and wire sizes (75°C copper)
for all models, including the most commonly used heater
sizes. Also shown are the number of field power circuits
required for the various models with heaters.
The unit rating plate lists a “Maximum Time Delay
Relay Fuse” or “HACR Type” circuit breaker that is to
be used with the equipment. The correct size must be
used for proper circuit protection, and also to assure that
there will be no nuisance tripping due to the momentary
high starting current of the compressor motor.
See “START UP” section for information on three
phase scroll compressor start-ups.
The field wiring conduit connections are located on the top
right-hand corner of the unit with a wire raceway to feed
the wires down to the circuit breaker(s). See Figure 12.
FIGURE 12
COMPONENT LOCATION
ELECTRIC HEAT
INDOOR BLOWER
LOW VOLTAGE
WIRE RACEWAY
EVAPORATOR COIL
CONTROL PANEL
REFRIGERANT PORT
OUTDOOR FAN
CONDENSER COIL
COMPRESSOR
VENT OPTION
Manual2100-549H
Page
21 of 59
WIRING – LOW VOLTAGE WIRING
230/208V, 1 PHASE AND 3 PHASE EQUIPMENT
DUAL PRIMARY VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS.
All equipment leaves the factory wired on 240V tap.
For 208V operation, reconnect from 240V to 208V tap.
The acceptable operating voltage range for the 240 and
208V taps are as noted in Table 3.
TABLE 3 — OPERATING VOLTAGE RANGE
TAP
RANGE
240V
253 – 216
208V
220 – 187
NOTE: The voltage should be measured at the field power
connection point in the unit and while the unit is operating at
full load (maximum amperage operating condition).
The standard unit includes a remote thermostat connection
terminal strip. See Figures 13 through 19 for connection
diagrams. Compatible thermostats are listed in Table 4.
TABLE 4 — WALL THERMOSTATS
Thermostat
8403-060
(1120-445)
CS9B-THOC
CS9BE-THO
CS9BE-THOC
“A” terminal is the ventilation input. This terminal
energizes any factory installed ventilation option.
“W3” terminal is second stage electric heat. When
“W3” terminal is energized, it locks out compressor
operation to limit discharge air temperature and
required branch circuit ampacity.
“D” terminal is the dehumidification mode (on models
so equipped).
NOTE:For total and proper control using DDC,
a minimum of 9 controlled outputs are needed
when above 10KW Electric Heat is employed with
ventilation, a total of 8 controlled outputs with below
10KW Electric Heat with Ventilation, 7 controlled
outputs below 10KW Electric Heat with no ventilation,
7 controlled outputs with no Electric Heat, but with
ventilation, and 6 controlled outputs with no electric
heat and no ventilation. If Dehumidification Model
& Vent, 10 controlled outputs are needed when above
10KW Electric Heat is employed with ventilation.
Predominant Features
3 Stage Cool; 3 Stage Heat
Programmable/Non-Programmable Electronic
HP or Conventional
Auto or Manual changeover
Carbon Dioxide Sensor with LCD for
8403-067
(CDT-2W40-LCD-RLY) Sensor Readings
CS9B-THO
“W2” terminal is first stage electric heat (if equipped).
First stage electric heat can be operated simultaneously
with the heat pump operating.
3 Stage Heat, 3 Stage Cool, Prog/NonProg, HP or Conv,
Auto or Manual Changeover, Humidity Sensor w/
dehumidification, Motion Sensor w/ Intelligent Learning
Control, BACnet-compatible
3 Stage Heat, 3 Stage Cool, Prog/NonProg, HP or Conv,
Auto or Manual Changeover, Humidity Sensor w/
dehumidification, CO2 Sensor, Motion Sensor w/ Intelligent
Learning Control, BACnet-compatible
3 Stage Heat, 3 Stage Cool, Prog/NonProg, HP or Conv,
Auto or Manual Changeover, Humidity Sensor w/
dehumidification, Motion Sensor, Intelligent Learning Control,
BACnet-compatible, Ethernet-compatible
3 Stage Heat, 3 Stage Cool, Prog/NonProg, HP or Conv,
Auto or Manual Changeover, Humidity Sensor w/
dehumidification, CO2 Sensor, Motion Sensor w/ Intelligent
Learning Control, BACnet-compatible, Ethernet-compatible
LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS FOR DDC CONTROL
Fan Only
Energize G
Cooling Part Load
Energize G, Y1
Cooling Full Load
Energize G, Y1, Y2
HP Heating Part Load
Energize G, Y1, B/W1
HP Heating Full Load
Energize G, Y1, Y2, B/W1
HP Heating Full Load + Electric Heat
(up to 10KW)
Energize G, Y1, Y2, B/W1, W2
Heating with Bank #1 Electric Heat Only
Energize G, W2
Emergency Heat (Heat pump operation
is negated for this condition)
Energize G, W2, W3
Ventilation
Energize A
Dehumidification *
* Models w/Dehumidification Only
Energize G, D
GENERAL
LOW VOLTAGE CONNECTIONS
These units use a grounded 24 volt AC low voltage circuit.
“G” terminal is the fan input.
“Y1” terminal is the compressor part load input.
“Y2” terminal is the compressor full load input.
“B/W1” terminal is the reversing valve input.
The reversing valve must be energized for heating mode.
“R” terminal is 24 VAC hot.
“C” terminal is 24 VAC grounded.
“L” terminal is compressor lockout output. This
terminal is activated on a high or low pressure trip and
condensate overflow trip by the electronic heat pump
control. This is a 24 VAC output.
Manual2100-549H
Page 22 of 59
This unit is equipped with a variable speed ECM motor.
The motor is designed to maintain rated airflow up to
the maximum static allowed. It is important that the
blower motor plugs are not plugged in or unplugged
while the power is on. Failure to remove power prior
to unplugging or plugging in the motor could result in
motor failure.
CAUTION
Do not plug in or unplug blower motor
connectors while the power is on. Failure to do
so may result in motor failure.
FIGURE 13
BASIC HEAT PUMP WITH NO VENTILATION PACKAGE
Completestat
Model #CS9B-THO or
Model #CS9BE-THO
SC
SC
SC
24V
COM
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
D
3
2
Thermostat
Bard #8403-060
R
C
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
YO/D
2
Low
Voltage
Term. Strip
R
RT
C
G
Y1
Y2
B/W1
W2
W3
L
3
A
D
6
3
4
1
1
Factory installed jumper. Remove jumper and connect to N.C fire alarm
2 Not needed below 15KW
3
Additional wire required for dehumidification models
MIS-3016
Manual2100-549H
Page
23 of 59
FIGURE 14
HEAT PUMP WITH CRV, WITHOUT CO2 CONTROL
SC
SC
SC
24V
COM
G
Completestat
Model #CS9B-THO or
Model #CS9BE-THO
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
D
3
2
Thermostat
Bard #8403-060
R
C
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
YO/D
2
Low
Voltage
Term. Strip
R
RT
C
G
Y1
Y2
W2
B/W1
W3
L
3
A
D
6
3
4
5
1
4
RED/WHITE
BLACK/WHITE
ORANGE
BROWN/WHITE
CRV Wiring Harness
1 Factory installed jumper. Remove jumper and connect
to N.C fire alarm circuit if emergency shutdown required.
4
Connect to "G" terminal when thermostat has "Occupancy Signal".
2
Not needed below 15KW.
5
Install a jumper between "G" and "A" only when thermostat
without "Occupance Signal" is used.
3
Additional wire required for dehumidification models.
MIS-3017
Manual2100-549H
Page 24 of 59
FIGURE 15
HEAT PUMP WITH CRV AND CO2 CONTROL
SC
SC
SC
24V
COM
G
Completestat
Model #CS9B-THO or
Model #CS9BE-THO
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
D
3
2
Thermostat
Bard #8403-060
R
C
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
YO/D
2
Low
Voltage
Term. Strip
R
RT
C
G
Y1
Y2
W2
B/W1
W3
L
3
A
5
1
NOTE: Bard 8403-060
thermostat must
be in programmed
operation mode and
in programmed fan
mode for ventilation
to function.
D
6
3
4
2
4
1
RED/WHITE
BLACK/WHITE
ORANGE
BROWN/WHITE
5
6
CRV Wiring Harness
6
6 CO2 Control
Bard #8403-067
1 Factory installed jumper. Remove jumper and connect
to N.C fire alarm circuit if emergency shutdown required.
4
Connect to "G" terminal when thermostat has "Occupancy Signal".
2
Not needed below 15KW.
5
3
Additional wire required for dehumidification models.
6
Install a jumper between "G" and "A" only when thermostat
without "Occupance Signal" is used.
If CS9B-THOC or CS9BE-THOC is used, connect "Brown/White"
directly to "A" and do not use seperate CO2 controller.
MIS-3018
Manual2100-549H
Page
25 of 59
FIGURE 16
HEAT PUMP WITH ERV, WITHOUT CO2 CONTROL
SC
SC
SC
24V
COM
G
Completestat
Model #CS9B-THO or
Model #CS9BE-THO
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
D
3
2
Thermostat
Bard #8403-060
R
C
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
YO/D
2
Low
Voltage
Term. Strip
R
RT
C
G
Y1
Y2
W2
B/W1
1
W3
L
NOTE: Bard 8403-060
thermostat must
be in programmed
operation mode and
in programmed fan
mode for ventilation
to function.
3
A
D
6
3
4
5
4
RED/WHITE
BLACK/WHITE
ORANGE
BROWN/WHITE
PINK
PURPLE
ERV Wiring Harness
1 Factory installed jumper. Remove jumper and connect
to N.C fire alarm circuit if emergency shutdown required.
4
Connect to "G" terminal when thermostat has "Occupancy Signal".
2
Not needed below 15KW.
5
Install a jumper between "G" and "A" only when thermostat
without "Occupance Signal" is used.
3
Additional wire required for dehumidification models.
MIS-3019
Manual2100-549H
Page 26 of 59
FIGURE 17
HEAT PUMP WITH ERV AND CO2 CONTROL (ON/OFF CYCLING)
Completestat
Model #CS9B-THO or
Model #CS9BE-THO
SC
SC
SC
24V
COM
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
D
3
2
Thermostat
Bard #8403-060
R
C
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
YO/D
2
Low
Voltage
Term. Strip
R
RT
C
G
Y1
Y2
W2
B/W1
W3
L
5
1
NOTE: Bard 8403-060
thermostat must
be in programmed
operation mode and
in programmed fan
mode for ventilation
to function.
3
A
D
6
3
4
2
4
1
RED/WHITE
BLACK/WHITE
ORANGE
BROWN/WHITE
PINK
PURPLE
6
5
6
ERV Wiring Harness
6 CO2 Control
Bard #8403-067
1 Factory installed jumper. Remove jumper and connect
to N.C fire alarm circuit if emergency shutdown required.
4
Connect to "G" terminal when thermostat has "Occupancy Signal".
2
Not needed below 15KW.
5
3
Additional wire required for dehumidification models.
6
Install a jumper between "G" and "A" only when thermostat
without "Occupance Signal" is used.
If CS9B-THOC or CS9BE-THOC is used, connect "Brown/White"
directly to "A" and do not use seperate CO2 controller.
MIS-3020
Manual2100-549H
Page
27 of 59
FIGURE 18
HEAT PUMP WITH ERV AND CO2 CONTROL (FULLY MODULATING)
Completestat
Model #CS9B-THO or
Model #CS9BE-THO
SC
SC
SC
24V
COM
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
D
3
2
Thermostat
Bard #8403-060
R
C
G
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
W1/E
L
A
YO/D
3
2
Low
Voltage
Term. Strip
R
RT
C
G
Y1
Y2
W2
B/W1
5
1
4
W3
L
NOTE: Bard 8403-060
thermostat must
be in programmed
operation mode and
in programmed fan
mode for ventilation
to function.
A
D
6
3
4
2
1
RED/WHITE
BLACK/WHITE
ORANGE
BROWN/WHITE
PINK
PURPLE
3
CO2 Control
Bard #8403-067
ERV Wiring Harness
1 Factory installed jumper. Remove jumper and connect
to N.C fire alarm circuit if emergency shutdown required.
2
Not needed below 15KW.
4
Connect to "G" terminal when thermostat has "Occupancy Signal".
3
Additional wire required for dehumidification models.
5
Install a jumper between "G" and "A" only when thermostat
without "Occupance Signal" is used.
MIS-3021 A
Manual2100-549H
Page 28 of 59
FIGURE 19
HEAT PUMP WITH COMBINATION CRV AND DB ECONOMIZER (“N” VENT CODE)
Only Recommend Bard CS9B-THOC or CS9BE-THOC as Require 3 Heating/Cooling Stages
Completestat
Model #CS9B-THOC or
Model #CS9BE-THOC
SC
SC
SC
24V
COM
G
Y0
Y1
Y2
O/B
W2
L
W1/E
A
D
3
2
Low
Voltage
Term. Strip
R
RT
1
C
G
6
7
8
B/W1
W2
W3
L
A
D
Y1
Y2
4
RED/WHITE
BLACK/WHITE
ORANGE
GRAY
YELLOW
PURPLE
BROWN/WHITE
PURPLE/WHITE
YELLOW/BLACK
BLUE
CRV/ECON Wiring Harness
1
Factory installed jumper. Remove jumper and connect
to N.C fire alarm circuit if emergency shutdown required.
2
Not needed below 15KW.
3
Additional wire required for dehumidification models.
4
Connect orange wire to "G" terminal
MIS-3270
Manual2100-549H
Page
29 of 59
START UP
THESE UNITS REQUIRE R-410A
REFRIGERANT AND POLYOL
ESTER OIL.
GENERAL:
REMEMBER: When adding R-410A refrigerant,
it must come out of the charging cylinder/tank as a
liquid to avoid any fractionation, and to insure optimal
system performance. Refer to instructions for the
cylinder that is being utilized for proper method of
liquid extraction.
1. Use separate service equipment to avoid cross
contamination of oil and refrigerants.
WARNING
2. Use recovery equipment rated for R-410A
refrigerant.
Failure to conform to these practices
could lead to injury or death.
3. Use manifold gauges rated for R-410A (800 psi/250 psi low).
4. R-410A is a binary blend of HFC-32 and HFC-125.
5. R-410A is nearly azeotropic - similar to R-22 and R-12. Although nearly azeotropic, charge with liquid refrigerant.
6. R-410A operates at 40-70% higher pressure than R-22, and systems designed for R-22 cannot withstand this higher pressure.
7. R-410A has an ozone depletion potential of zero, but must be reclaimed due to its global warming potential.
8. R-410A compressors use Polyol Ester oil.
9. Polyol Ester oil is hygroscopic; it will rapidly
absorb moisture and strongly hold this moisture in
the oil.
10.A liquid line dryer must be used - even a deep vacuum will not separate moisture from the oil.
11.Limit atmospheric exposure to 15 minutes.
12.If compressor removal is necessary, always plug compressor immediately after removal. Purge with small amount of nitrogen when inserting plugs.
TOPPING OFF SYSTEM CHARGE
If a leak has occurred in the system, Bard
Manufacturing recommends reclaiming, evacuating (see
criteria above), and charging to the nameplate charge.
However, if done correctly, topping off the system
charge can be done without problems.
With R-410A, there are no significant changes in the
refrigerant composition during multiple leaks and
recharges. R-410A refrigerant is close to being an
azeotropic blend (it behaves like a pure compound
or single component refrigerant). The remaining
refrigerant charge, in the system, may be used after
leaks have occurred and then “top-off” the charge by
utilizing the charging charts on the inner control panel
cover as a guideline.
Manual2100-549H
Page 30 of 59
SAFETY PRACTICES:
1. Never mix R-410A with other refrigerants.
2. Use gloves and safety glasses. Polyol Ester oils
can be irritating to the skin, and liquid refrigerant
will freeze the skin.
3. Never use air and R-410A to leak check; the mixture may become flammable.
4.
Do not inhale R-410A – the vapor attacks the nervous system, creating dizziness, loss of coordination and slurred speech. Cardiac irregularities, unconsciousness and ultimate death can result from breathing this concentration.
5. Do not burn R-410A. This decomposition produces hazardous vapors. Evacuate the area if exposed.
6. Use only cylinders rated DOT4BA/4BW 400.
7. Never fill cylinders over 80% of total capacity.
8. Store cylinders in a cool area, out of direct sunlight.
9. Never heat cylinders above 125°F.
10.Never trap liquid R-410A in manifold sets, gauge lines or cylinders. R-410A expands significantly at warmer temperatures. Once a cylinder or line is full of liquid, any further rise in temperature will cause it to burst.
START UP
DESCRIPTION OF STANDARD
EQUIPMENT
Solid State Electronic Heat Pump Control
Provides efficient 30, 60 or 90-minute defrost cycle.
A thermistor sensor and speed up terminal for service
along with a 8-minute defrost override are standard on
the electronic heat pump control. By default, the I-TEC
are factory shipped on the 90-minute defrost cycle.
High / Low Pressure Switch
Provides refrigerant circuit high pressure and loss
of charge protection. Includes lockout circuit built
into heat pump control that is resettable from room
thermostat.
Five Minute Compressor Time Delay
Provides short cycle protection for the compressor
which extends compressor life. Built into the electronic
heat pump control as standard.
Condensate Overflow
Senses and provides system shut down if draining issue
causes water level to rise in the lower drain pan.
Low Ambient Control
The low ambient control permits cooling operation
down to 0°F outdoor ambient.
IMPORTANT INSTALLER NOTE
For improved start-up performance, wash the indoor
coil with a dishwasher detergent.
PHASE MONITOR
All units with three phase scroll compressors are
equipped with a 3 phase line monitor to prevent
compressor damage due to phase reversal.
The phase monitor in this unit is equipped with two
LEDs. If the Y signal is present at the phase monitor
and phases are correct the green LED will light and the
compressor contactor is allowed to energize.
If phases are reversed, the red fault LED will be lit and
compressor operation is inhibited.
If a fault condition occurs, reverse two of the supply
leads to the unit. Do not reverse any of the unit factory
wires as damage may occur.
THREE PHASE SCROLL COMPRESSOR
START UP INFORMATION
Scroll compressors, like several other types of
compressors, will only compress in one rotational
direction. Direction of rotation is not an issue with
single phase compressors since they will always start
and run in the proper direction.
However, three phase compressors will rotate in either
direction depending upon phasing of the power. Since
there is a 50-50 chance of connecting power in such
a way as to cause rotation in the reverse direction,
verification of proper rotation must be made.
Verification of proper rotation direction is made by
observing that suction pressure drops and discharge
pressure rises when the compressor is energized.
Reverse rotation also results in an elevated sound level
over that with correct rotation, as well as, substantially
reduced current draw compared to tabulated values.
Verification of proper rotation must be made at the time
the equipment is put into service. If improper rotation
is corrected at this time there will be no negative impact
on the durability of the compressor. However, reverse
operation for even one hour may have a negative
impact on the bearing due to oil pump out.
All three phase scroll compressors used in the I-TEC
series are wired identically internally. As a result, once
the correct phasing is determined for a specific system or
installation, connecting properly phased power leads to
the same Fusite terminal should maintain proper rotation
direction. The direction of rotation of the motor may be
changed by reversing any two line connections to the unit.
SERVICE HINTS
1.Caution user to maintain clean air filters at all
times. Also, not to needlessly close off supply air
registers. This may reduce airflow through the
system, which shortens equipment service life as
well as increasing operating costs and noise levels.
2.Switching to heating cycle at 75°F or higher outside
temperature may cause a nuisance trip of the remote
reset high pressure switch. Turn thermostat off,
then on to reset the high pressure switch.
3.The heat pump wall thermostats perform multiple
functions. Be sure that all function switches are
correctly set for the desired operating mode before
trying to diagnose any reported service problems.
4. Check all power fuses or circuit breakers to be
sure they are the correct rating.
5.Periodic cleaning of the outdoor coils to permit
full and unrestricted airflow circulation is essential.
6.Annual maintenance is required to make sure
that all of the systems are functioning properly.
a. Check to make sure that the drains are not
obstructed in any way.
b. Remove any debris in the condenser section of the unit.
c. Inspect and wash outdoor coils as necessary.
7. All motors are sealed and require no oiling.
Manual2100-549H
Page
31 of 59
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
PRESSURE SERVICE PORTS
COOLING PART LOAD – Circuit R-Y1 makes at
thermostat pulling in compressor contactor, starting the
compressor and outdoor motor. The G (indoor motor)
circuit is automatically completed on any call for
cooling operation or can be energized by manual fan
switch on subbase for constant air circulation.
High and low pressure service ports are installed on
all units so that the system operating pressures can be
observed. Pressure tables can be found later in the
manual covering all models. It is imperative to match
the correct pressure table to the unit by model number.
Upper and lower service doors must be attached to
obtain proper reading.
COOLING FULL LOAD – Circuit R-Y1 & Y2
makes at the thermostat energizing the 2nd stage
solenoid in the compressor. The default position of
the compressor staging solenoid is non-energized. The
compressor will run at low capacity until this solenoid
is energized.
HEATING STAGE 1 – A 24V solenoid coil on
reversing valve controls heating cycle operation. Two
thermostat options, one allowing “Auto” changeover
from cycle to cycle and the other constantly energizing
solenoid coil during heating season and thus
eliminating pressure equalization noise except during
defrost, are to be used. On “Auto” option a circuit is
completed from R-B and R-Y1 on each heating “on”
cycle, energizing reversing valve solenoid and pulling
in compressor contactor starting compressor and
outdoor motor. R-G also make starting indoor blower
motor. Heat pump heating cycle now in operation.
The second option has no “Auto” changeover position,
but instead energizes the reversing valve solenoid
constantly whenever the system switch on subbase
is placed in “Heat” position, the “B” terminal being
constantly energized from R. A thermostat demand
for Stage 1 heat completes R-Y1 circuit, pulling in
compressor contactor starting compressor and outdoor
motor. R-G also make starting indoor blower motor.
HEATING STAGE 2 – Circuit R-Y1 & Y2 makes at
the thermostat energizing the 2nd stage solenoid in the
compressor.
Manual2100-549H
Page 32 of 59
LOWERING OUTDOOR FAN SPEED for
SOUND
Supplied in the Literature Assembly is a Fan Control
Resistor Assembly that can be installed to lower the fan
speed for reduced sound performance. This Resistor
Assembly is to be installed in series with the Outdoor
Fan Control Thermistor to change the temperature
curve that the fan logic control sees.
It is anticipated that you will see a 2-3% drop in system
capacity and efficiency when this resistor is installed.
To install the Resistor Assembly:
1. Locate Fan Control Resistor Assembly in Literature Packet hanging on right inside door of unit.
2. Throw main power disconnect to the “OFF” position to eliminate risk of injury or death due
to electrical shock.
3. Remove four (4) screws that retain the control panel cover to the unit.
4. Locate Fan Logic Control Board.
5. Locate one of the red leads of the Fan Control Thermistor where it attaches to the Fan Logic Control and remove it.
6. Install resistor in-line with the thermistor lead removed in Step #5, and then connect back onto the Fan Logic Control Board.
DEFROST CYCLE
The defrost cycle is controlled by temperature and time
on the solid state heat pump control. See Figure 20.
When the outdoor temperature is in the lower 40°F
temperature range or colder, the outdoor coil temperature
is 32°F or below. This coil temperature is sensed by the
coil temperature sensor mounted near the bottom of the
outdoor coil. Once coil temperature reaches 30°F or
below, the coil temperature sensor sends a signal to the
control logic of the heat pump control and the defrost
timer will start accumulating run time.
After 30, 60 or 90 minutes of heat pump operation at 30°F
or below, the heat pump control will place the system in
the defrost mode. Factory default setting is 90 minutes.
During the defrost mode, the refrigerant cycle switches
back to the cooling cycle, the outdoor motor stops,
electric heaters are energized, and hot gas passing
through the outdoor coil melts any accumulated frost.
When the temperature rises to approximately 57°F, the
coil temperature sensor will send a signal to the heat
pump control which will return the system to heating
operations automatically.
If some abnormal or temporary condition such as a high
wind causes the heat pump to have a prolonged defrost
cycle, the heat pump control will restore the system to
heating operation automatically after 8 minutes.
The heat pump defrost control board has an option of 30,
60 or 90-minute setting. All models are shipped from the
factory on the 90-minute pin. If special circumstances
require a change to another time, remove the wire from
the 90-minute terminal and reconnect to the desired
terminal.
There is an initiate defrost jumper (sen jump) on the
control that can be used at any outdoor ambient during the
heating cycle to simulate a 0° coil temperature.
This can be used to check defrost operation of the unit
without waiting for the outdoor ambient to fall into the
defrost region.
By placing a jumper across the SEN JMP terminals (a
¼ inch QC terminal works best) the defrost sensor
mounted on the outdoor coil is shunted out & will activate
the timing circuit. This permits the defrost cycle to be
checked out in warmer weather conditions without the
outdoor temperature having to fall into the defrost region.
In order to terminate the defrost test the SEN JMP
jumper must be removed. If left in place too long, the
compressor could stop due to the high pressure control
opening because of high pressure condition created
by operating in the cooling mode with outdoor fan off.
Pressure will rise fairly fast as there is likely no actual
frost on the outdoor coil in this artificial test condition.
There is also a 5-minute compressor time delay function built
into the HPC. This is to protect the compressor from short
cycling conditions. The board’s LED will have a fast blink
rate when in the compressor time delay. In some instances,
it is helpful to the service technician to override or speed up
this timing period, and shorting out the SPEEDUP terminals
for a few seconds can do this.
FIGURE 20
DEFROST CYCLE
The manufacturer’s recommendation is for 90-minute
defrost cycles. Refer to Figure 20.
There is a cycle speed up jumper on the control. This can
be used for testing purposes to reduce the time between
defrost cycle operation without waiting for time to elapse.
Use a small screwdriver or other metallic object, or
another ¼ inch QC, to short between the SPEEDUP
terminals to accelerate the HPC timer and initiate defrost.
LOW PRESSURE BYPASS TIMER SWITCH
*(FACTORY SETTING 120 SECONDS)
SW SW
1
2 TIME (SEC)
OFF OFF
30
ON OFF
60
OFF ON
120*
ON ON
180
OFF
ON
Be careful not to touch any other terminals with the
instrument used to short the SPEEDUP terminals. It
may take up to 15 seconds with the SPEEDUP terminals
shorted for the speedup to be completed and the defrost
cycle to start.
As soon as the defrost cycle kicks in remove the shorting
instrument from the SPEEDUP terminals. Otherwise
the timing will remain accelerated and run through the
1-minute minimum defrost length sequence in a matter
of seconds and will automatically terminate the defrost
sequence.
ACCUMULATED DEFROST TIME TIMER
(FACTORY
SETTING
60 MIN.)
(FACTORY
SETTING
90 MIN.)
MIS-2668 A
Manual2100-549H
Page
33 of 59
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The I-TEC Commercial Room Ventilator (CRV) is
designed to be used with all Bard I-TEC models. The
only intent of this device is to provide the required
ventilation by delivering fresh air to meet I.A.Q. (Indoor
Air Quality) requirements. In the installed application,
this system also includes exhaust provisions which
are balanced with the intake air to maintain building
pressurization requirements of ASHRAE 62.1 Standard.
Ventilation is accomplished with (2) blower/
motor assemblies for maximum ventilation at low
sound levels. The intake and exhaust blowers are
programmed independently and are balanced to
maintain a slight positive pressurization in accordance
to ASHRAE 62.1 Standard.
The I-TEC CRV is also provided with filters to reduce
the required service needed and to further improve
the I.A.Q. The exhaust air blowers are protected
by disposable filters, and the intake air blowers are
protected by washable filters. Both are accessible
without the need for tools.
CONTROL WIRING
The I-TEC CRV comes wired from the factory set to
375 CFM of ventilation. Care must be taken when
deciding how to control the operation of the ventilator.
When designing the control circuit for the ventilator, the
following requirements must be met.
1.The indoor blower must be run whenever the I-TEC CRV is run.
2. Select and configure the correct CFM ventilation level that the I-TEC CRV needs to operate and
configure the system to this level following later instructions within this section. Over ventilating serves no useful purpose and significantly affects
the overall efficiency of the heat pump system. System operating costs would also increase.
3. Run the I-TEC CRV only during periods when the conditioned space is occupied. Running the ventilation during unoccupied periods wastes energy, decreases the expected life of the CRV, and can result in large moisture buildup in the
structure. Running the CRV when the structure is unoccupied allows moisture to build up in the structure because there is little or no cooling load. Thus, the air conditioner is not running enough to remove the excess moisture being brought in. Use a control system that in some way can control the system based upon occupancy.
Operating the I-TEC CRV during unoccupied periods can
result in a build up of excess moisture in the structure.
Manual2100-549H
Page 34 of 59
RECOMMENDED CONTROL SEQUENCES
Several possible scenarios are listed below:
1. Use a programmable electronic thermostat with auxiliary terminal to control the CRV based on
daily programmed occupance periods. Bard markets and recommends Bard Part #8403-060
programmable electronic thermostat.
2.Use Bard CompleteStat™ that incorporates
temperature, humidity and occupancy control with learning capability into a single device. No
programming required.
3.Use a DDC control system to control the CRV based upon a room occupancy schedule to control the CRV.
4.Tie the operation of the CRV into the light switch. The REV. DATE
DESCRIPTION
lights in a room are usually on only when occupied.
A 11/17/2011
2 BLINKS
CODE
#7961-754-4
5. Use REVISED
a manual
timer
thatONthe
occupants turn to B 11/19/2012
REMOVED
CAPS
TEXT ON 7961-754-3
energize
the LOCKING
CRV for
a specific
number of hours.
C 10/30/2013
"4" BLINKS CODE
ON 7961-754-4timer to energize
6. Use REVISED
a programmable
mechanical
the CRV and indoor blower during occupied
periods of the day.
NOTE: The ventilation package comes with a blower interlock
function, but is disabled when it is shipped from the factory
in case you do not utilize a thermostat with an occupancy
output, or a occupancy sensor and must tie “A” terminal to
“G” terminal to drive the ventilation package. If you do have
a thermostat or control that does drive occupancy output, you
will need to remove the tape from
2.585the orange wire located
in the low voltage terminal box, and connect it to the “G”
terminal to activate this function. (See Figures 13-19.)
2.585
SETTING THE !VENTILATION
WARNINGCFM LEVELS
! WARNING
The I-TEC CRV has four pre-set levels of ventilation
CFM available. These are 300, 375, 450 and 525 CFM
of ventilation air. The I-TEC CRV is shipped from the
factory set on the 375 CFM ventilation level. To change
2.336
7961-754-1 ventilation
7961between these four different levels of provided
CFM, first referEXPOSED
to FigureMOVING
21 to PARTS.
look up the corresponding
EXPOSED MOVING PARTS.
ALL ELECTRICAL
CFM needed forDISCONNECT
the intakeALL
andELECTRICAL
exhaust blowers toDISCONNECT
meet
POWER BEFORE SERVICING.
POWER BEFORE SERVICING.
the design criteria
and determine which “speed/wire
FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT
FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT
color” is needed.
Then, perform
following steps.
IN SEVERE
INJURY ORthe
AMPUTATION.
IN SEVERE INJURY OR AMPUTAT
!
1.370
WARNING
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN RESULT
IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
DISCONNECT THE REMOTE
ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY OR
SUPPLIES BEFORE SERVICING.
!
7961-754-2
I-TEC COMMERCIAL ROOM
VENTILATOR SYSTEM
WARNING
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN RESUL
IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
DISCONNECT THE REMOTE
ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY OR
SUPPLIES BEFORE SERVICING.
1.Open front
doors of mainCODES
unit (by popping
3 PHASELINE MONITOR CODES
HP.swinging
BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING
CODE DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
CODE
front door
latches).
GREEN PHASES CORRECT, Y SIGNAL
SLOW BLINK NORMAL OPERATION
2. Throw FAST
mainBLINK
power
disconnect
the “OFF”
LIGHTPRESENT
COMPRESSOR
TIME to
DELAY
LO PRESS.
SWITCH
FAILURE
1.370
position12 BLINK
to
eliminate
risk
of
injury
or
death
duePHASES
to INCORRECT, REVERS
BLINKS
HI PR. SW./WATER SNSR. FAIL. RED
2 UNIT SUPPLY LEADS. DO NO
3 BLINKS
electrical
shock. DEFROST MODE ACTIVE
LIGHT MODIFY FACTORY WIRING. DO
4 BLINKS
HI PRESS. HARD LOCKOUT
3. Remove six (6) screws holding 7961-754-4
front CRV doorSOinMAY
RESULT IN UNIT DAM
7961-7
7961-754-5
UNIT
TIE PLATE
UNIT TIE PLATE 796
place (See Figure
22).
REMOVE TO DISASSEMBLE, DO NOT
REMOVE TO DISASSEMBLE, DO NOT
4.Locate “Brown
Wire
with
White
Trace” that
has BOLTS WHEN REPLACIN
OVERTIGHTEN
BOLTS
WHEN
REPLACING
OVERTIGHTEN
a black terminal on the end where it connects to the terminal strip (See Figure 21).
8.500
5.Move “Brown Wire with White Trace” to the corresponding CFM level needed in accordance with Figure 21.
COLORS: ROSE
BRIGHT YELLOW
DARK ORANGE
WHITE BACKGROU
FIGURE 21
CRV MOTOR SPEED/CFM CONFIGURATION
VENT OPTION INTAKE/EXHAUST SPEEDS
WIRE COLOR
SPEED
NOM. CFM
BLACK
525
HI
BLUE
450
MED-HI
ORANGE
375
MED-LO
300
LO
RED
TO CHANGE SPEEDS, MOVE BROWN
WIRE WITH WHITE TRACE.
HI
MED. HI
BROWN/WHITE
MED. LO
LO
MOTOR SPEEDS
7961-755-2
7961-7554
Move brown/white wire to corresponding motor
speed for required ventilation CFM. Factory
setting is Medium Lo (375 CFM).
BLACK
BLUE
ORANGE
RED
MIS-3022 A
Manual2100-549H
Page
35 of 59
FIGURE 22
CRV SPEED CHANGE TERMINAL ACCESS
CRV INTAKE BLOWER
NOTE: CRV EXHAUST
BLOWER IS BEHIND
INTAKE BLOWER
REMOVE (5) SCREWS FROM
CRV DOOR TO ACCESS CRV
COMPONENTS
MIS-3023
BLOWER SPEED
CONTROL LOCATION
BLOWER
SPEED
CONTROL
BLOWER REMOVED
FOR CLARITY
Manual2100-549H
Page 36 of 59
I-TEC COMBINATION CRV &
ECONOMIZER VENTILATION SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
The I-TEC combination Commercial Room Ventilator
(CRV) and Dry Bulb Economizer is designed to be used
with all Bard I-TEC models. This ventilation package
and its control provides two (2) roles:
• It will provide the required ventilation by delivering fresh air to meet I.A.Q. (Indoor Air Quality) requirements through CRV portion of the device.
• It will provide up to 525 CFM of free outdoor
cooling CFM when the outdoor ambient
temperature is below the outdoor thermostat setpoint.
Ventilation is accomplished with (2) blower/
motor assemblies for maximum ventilation at low
sound levels. The intake and exhaust blowers are
programmed independently and are balanced to
maintain a slight positive pressurization in accordance
to ASHRAE 62.1 Standard.
The Ventilation Package is also provided with filters
to reduce the required service needed and to further
improve the I.A.Q. The exhaust air blowers are
protected by disposable filters, and the intake air
blowers are protected by washable filters. Both are
accessible without the need for tools.
CONTROL WIRING
Refer to Low Voltage Connection (Figure 19).
Reference Figure 23 for Control Sequence of
Operation.
Operating the I-TEC CRV during
unoccupied periods can result in a build up
of excess moisture in the structure.
SETTING THE VENTILATION CFM
LEVELS
The I-TEC CRV has four (4) pre-set levels of
ventilation CFM available. These are 300, 375, 450
and 525 CFM of ventilation air. This ventilation
package is shipped from the factory set on the 375
CFM ventilation level while the Economizer portion
is set on the 525 CFM ventilation level. To change
between these four different levels of provided
ventilation CFM, refer to Figure 24 to look up the
corresponding CFM needed for the intake and exhaust
blowers to meet the design criteria and determine which
“speed/wire color” is needed.
Perform the following steps:
1. Open front swinging doors of main unit (by popping front door latches).
Open disconnect to shut all power OFF before
doing this! Failure to do so could result in injury
or death due to electrical shock.
2. Throw main power disconnect to the “OFF” position to eliminate risk of injury or death due to electrical shock.
3. Remove six (6) screws holding front CRV door in place (see Figure 22).
4. For CRV blower speed, locate “Brown Wire with White Trace” that has as black terminal on the end where it connects to the terminal strip (see Figure 24).
5. Move the “Brown Wire with White Trace” to the corresponding CFM level needed in accordance with Figure 24.
6. For Economizer Blower Speed, locate “Pink Wire” that has a black terminal on the end where it connects to the terminal strip (see Figure 24).
7. Move the “Pink” to the corresponding CFM level needed in accordance with Figure 24.
Manual2100-549H
Page
37 of 59
I-TEC ECON. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
If outdoor temperature is below outdoor
thermostat setpoint
On call from CompleteStat for first stage cooling:
• “YO” thermostat signal powers vent blower motors at Economizer Speed/Airflow (black – 525 CFM) through NC contacts of Relay “R1” (“Dehum Relay”).
On call from CompleteStat for first and second stage
cooling:
•
•
“YO” thermostat signal powers vent blower motors at Economizer Speed/Airflow (black – 525 CFM) through NC contacts of Relay “R1” (“Dehum Relay”).
“Y1” thermostat signal powers “Y1” terminal on unit low voltage terminal strip through NC contacts of relay “R2” (“High Ambient Relay”).
On call from CompleteStat for first, second and third
stage cooling:
•
•
•
“YO” thermostat signal powers vent blower motors at Economizer Speed/Airflow (black – 525 CFM) through NC contacts of Relay “R1” (“Dehum Relay”).
“Y1” thermostat signal powers “Y1” terminal on unit low voltage terminal strip through NC contacts of relay “R2” (“High Ambient Relay”).
“Y2” thermostat signal powers “Y2” terminal on unit low voltage terminal strip through NC contacts of relay “R2” (“High Ambient Relay”).
FIGURE 23 ECONOMIZER CONTROL CIRCUIT
THERMOSTAT
SIGNALS
UNIT LOW
VOLTAGE
TERMINAL
STRIP
Y2
8
6
R2
3
If outdoor temperature is above outdoor
thermostat setpoint
On call from CompleteStat for first stage cooling:
•
“YO” thermostat signal powers relay coil “R2”. “R2” relay then closes NO contact between “R” and “Y1” at low voltage terminal strip engaging stage 1 mechanical cooling. NC contacts of relay “R2” that connects thermostat “Y1” to “Y1”
on low voltage terminal strip is opened to eliminate feedback.
On call from CompleteStat for first and second stage
cooling:
• “YO” thermostat signal powers relay coil “R2”. “R2” relay then closes NO contact between “R” and “Y1” at low
voltage terminal strip engaging stage 1 mechanical cooling.
NC contacts of relay “R2” that connects thermostat “Y1” to
“Y1” on low voltage terminal strip is opened to eliminate
feedback.
• “Y1” thermostat signal powers relay coil “R3” through now closed relay contacts “R2” closing contacts between “R” and “Y2” at low voltage terminal strip.
• “Y2” thermostat signal will do nothing, as NC contacts of relay “R2” are now opened to eliminate any feedback to thermostat.
Dehumidification Mode
On call from CompleteStat for dehumidification:
• “D” thermostat signal powers relay coil “R1” (Dehum. Relay). “R1” relay, then opens NC contact between “YO” and outdoor thermostat.

This will then negate any ECONOMIZER SPEED SIGNAL from energizing the ventilation package.

“Y1” & “Y2” thermostat signals will pass through NC contacts of Relay “R2” (“High Ambient Relay”) as relay coil “R2” will be rendered inoperable by “R1” contacts opening. Normal cooling calls can then still apply to override Dehum. call.
Y2
COM
8
R
COM
R3
R2
R4
NO
5
NO
G
Y1
7
Y1
7
D
D
YO
6
7
R2
R2
1
4
R3
R1
NC
R1
R2
COM
ECON VENT SPEED
C
A
A
R4
CRV VENT SPEED
R1 = DEHUM RELAY
R2 = HIGH AMBIENT RELAY
R3 = FULL LOAD RELAY
R4 = BLOWER INTERLOCK RELAY
FIELD WIRE
FACTORY WIRE
Manual2100-549H
Page 38 of 59
MIS-3272
HEATING MODE OPERATION
VENTILATION MODE
CompleteStat should never energize “YO” terminals
in conjunction with “B”, so relay “R2” will never
energize, and neither will Economizer Ventilation
Speed.
The call for ventilation will never be disrupted with this
control circuit. Anytime “A” signal from CompleteStat
is present, the “VENTILATION SPEED” of the vent
package will be energized. “A” Signal from thermostat
will also energize relay “R4” (“Blower Interlock
Relay”) completing a circuit from “R” to “G” through
the “NO” contacts to ensure blower operations on the
ventilation call.
“Y1” and “Y2” signals will pass through NC contacts
of relay “R2” contacts, and all heating operations will
be normal.
FIGURE 24
MOTOR SPEED/CFM CONFIGURATION
VENT OPTION INTAKE/EXHAUST SPEEDS
SPEED
NOM. CFM
WIRE COLOR
BLACK
HI
525
BLUE
450
MED-HI
ORANGE
375
MED-LO
RED
LO
300
TO CHANGE SPEEDS, MOVE BROWN
WIRE WITH WHITE TRACE.
7961-755-2
PINK
HI
MED. HI
BROWN/WHITE
MED. LO
LO
MOTOR SPEEDS
Move pink wire to corresponding motor
speed for required economizer operation CFM.
Factory setting is High (525 CFM).
7961-7554
Move brown/white wire to corresponding motor
speed for required ventilation CFM. Factory
setting is Medium Lo (375 CFM).
BLACK
BLUE
ORANGE
RED
MIS-3271
Manual2100-549H
Page
39 of 59
I-TEC ENERGY RECOVERY
VENTILATOR SYSTEM
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The I-TEC Energy Recovery Ventilator (ERV) was
designed to provide energy efficient, cost effective
ventilation to meet I.A.Q (Indoor Air Quality)
requirements while still maintaining good indoor
comfort and humidity control for a variety of
applications such as schools, classrooms, lounges,
conference rooms and others. It provides a constant
supply of fresh air for control of airborne pollutants
including CO2, smoke, radon, formaldehyde, excess
moisture, virus and bacteria.
The ERV incorporates patented rotary heat exchanger
technology to remove both heat and moisture. The
package consists of unique rotary Energy Recovery
Cassettes that can be easily removed for cleaning or
maintenance. It has two 15-inch diameter heat transfer
wheels for efficient heat transfer. The heat transfer
wheels use a permanently bonded dry dessicant coating
for total heat recovery.
The I-TEC ERV is also provided with filters to reduce
the required service needed and to extend the life of
the heat recovery wheels. The exhaust air blower
is protected by disposable filters, and the intake air
blower is protected by washable filters. Both are
accessible without the need for tools.
Ventilation is accomplished with (2) blower/motor
assemblies for maximum ventilation at low sound
levels. The intake and exhaust blowers can be
independently adjusted to maintain desired building
pressurization conditions. The rotating wheels provide
the heat transfer effectively during both summer and
winter conditions. Provides required ventilation to
meet the requirements of ASHRAE 62.1 Standard.
NOTE: During operation below 5°F outdoor temperature,
freezing of moisture in the heat transfer wheel can occur.
Consult the factory if this possibility exists.
The I-TEC ERV can be controlled in different ways.
It can be turned ON/OFF with an occupancy control,
thermostat, or CO2 control. It can also be configured
for fully-modulating variable speed with a CO2 control
to only bring in the minimal amount of ventilation
required (helping to minimize sound levels and
ventilation load on the structure).
Manual2100-549H
Page 40 of 59
CONTROL WIRING
The I-TEC ERV comes wired from the factory ready
to operate in manual mode (ON/OFF cycling) and set
to 375 CFM of ventilation. Care must be taken when
deciding how to control the operation of the ventilator.
When designing the control circuit for the ventilator,
the following requirements must be met.
1.The indoor blower must be run whenever the I-TEC ERV is run.
2. Select and configure the correct CFM ventilation level that the I-TEC ERV needs to operate and
configure the system to this level following later instructions within this section. Over ventilating serves no useful purpose and significantly affects the overall efficiency of the heat pump system.
System operating costs would also increase.
3.Run the I-TEC ERV only during periods when the conditioned space is occupied. Running the ERV during unoccupied periods wastes energy, decreases the expected life of the ERV, and can result in
large moisture buildup in the structure. The ERV
removes 60-70% of the moisture in the incoming
air, not 100% of it. Running the ERV when the
structure is unoccupied allows moisture to build
up in the structure because there is little or no
cooling load. Thus, the air conditioner is not
running enough to remove the excess moisture
being brought in. Use a control system that in
some way can control the system based upon
occupancy.
Operating the I-TEC ERV during unoccupied
periods can result in a build up of excess
moisture in the structure.
B
C
6. On intake Motor Control Board, observing CONTROL SEQUENCESDESCRIPTION
ECN NO DRN CHK AP
Several
possible
scenarios
below:
11/17/2011
REVISED
2 BLINKS
CODEare
ONlisted
#7961-754-4
1. Use a programmable electronic thermostat with 11/19/2012 REMOVED LOCKING CAPS TEXT ON 7961-754-3
auxiliary terminal to control the ERV based on 10/30/2013
"4" BLINKS CODE
ON 7961-754-4
REVISED
daily programmed
occupance
periods. Bard markets and recommends Bard Part #8403-060 programmable electronic thermostat.
2.Use a motion sensor in conjuntion with a mechanical thermostat to determine occupancy in the structure. Bard markets the CS2000A for this use.
3.Use a DDC control system to control the ERV based
upon a room occupancy schedule to control the ERV.
4.Tie the operation of the ERV into the light switch.
The lights in a room are usually on only when
occupied.
5. Use a manual timer that
the occupants turn to 2.585
energize the ERV for a specific number of hours.
6. Use a programmable mechanical timer to energize the ERV and indoor blower during occupied periods of !the day.
WARNING
“GREEN STATUS LIGHT”, turn manual adjust 10629
potentiometer “CCW” to increase “FLOW INDEX” or CW to reduce “FLOW INDEX” to
10849
match desired setting.
11096
NOTE: After long pause, the green status light will blink
long-blinks for the “TEN COUNT” of the “FLOW RATE
INDEX”, then immediately followed by fast blinks which
indicate the second digit. For example, a Flow Index of 23
would be two long blinks, followed by 3 fast blinks of the
“GREEN STATUS LIGHT”.
7.
CB SD R
BR SD C
BD SD R
On exhaust Motor Control Board, observing “GREEN STATUS LIGHT”, turn manual adjust potentiometer “CCW” to increase “FLOW INDEX” or CW to reduce “FLOW INDEX” to match desired setting.
2.585
2.585
NOTE: Same “GREEN STATUS LIGHT” blink as Step #6.
!
CHANGING TO FULLY MODULATING
MODE
WARNING
WARNING
If you want to operate the ERV in fully variable
! mode (Fig.
NOTE: The ventilation package comes with a blower interlock
25B) (only run at required speed to maintain set-point
function, but is disabled when it is shipped from the factory
CO2 levels), you will need to configure the ERV to the
in case you do not utilize a thermostat with an occupancy
following:
output, or a occupancy sensor and must tie “A” terminal to
1.Open front swinging doors of main unit (by popping “G” terminal to drive the ventilation package. If you do have
front door latches).
a thermostat or control that does drive occupancy output, you
2.336
2. Throw main power
disconnect to the “OFF” 7961-754-1
7961-754-1
will need to remove the tape from the orange wire located
position
to
eliminate
risk of injury or death due to in the low voltage
terminal
box, and
connect it to the “G”
EXPOSED
MOVING
PARTS.
EXPOSED
PARTS.
EXPOSED MOVING PARTS.
MOVING
electrical
shock.
terminal to activate this function. (See Figures 13-19.)
7961-7
DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL
DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL
DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL
3. Remove ERV Control Panel Cover by removing IN SEVERE INJURY OR AMPUTATION.
IN SEVERE INJURY OR AMPUTATION.
IN SEVERE INJURY OR AMPUTATI
control panel (See Figure 28).
5. Pull jumper pins from “M” terminals,
and move to
!
!
“P” terminals (See Figure 28).
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
6. Connect “+” 0-10Vdc output from
CO2 control
to CAN RESULT
ELECTRICAL
SHOCK
ELECTRICAL
SHOCK CAN RESULT
Terminal
#3
(along
with
pink
wire),
and
connect
OR DEATH.
IN SERIOUS INJURY
IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
“-”
to
Terminal
#4
(along
with
purple
wire)
of
unit
DISCONNECT THE REMOTE
DISCONNECT THE REMOTE
POWER
low voltage
terminal
ELECTRIC
SUPPLY
OR strip. ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY OR
BEFORE
SUPPLIES
BEFORE
7.
FollowSERVICING.
the directions suppliedSUPPLIES
with the CO2
SERVICING.
control to configure the control appropriately.
POWER
BEFORE SERVICING.
BEFORE SERVICING.
POWER BEFORE SERVICING.
CHANGING
VENTILATION
CFM RATES INPOWER four (4) screws (See Figure 27).
FAILURE
TO
DO
SO
CAN
RESULT
FAILURE
TO
DO
SO
CAN
RESULT
FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT
MANUAL MODE
4. Locate two 0-10Vdc Motor Control Boards in !
1.370
WARNING
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN RESULT
IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
DISCONNECT THE REMOTE
ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY OR
SUPPLIES BEFORE SERVICING.
WARNING
WARNING
7961-754-2
A
DATERECOMMENDED
7961-754-2
REV.
To adjust HP.
the BOARD
airflow TROUBLESHOOTING
ventilation rate, firstCODES
refer to
3 PHASE LINE MONITOR CODES
Figure 25A
to look up
the “FLOW INDEX” neededCODE DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
CODE
for the intake
exhaust
blowers
for the CFM youGREEN PHASES CORRECT, Y SIGNAL
NORMAL
OPERATION
SLOW and
BLINK
LIGHT PRESENT
BLINK
COMPRESSOR
TIMEsteps:
DELAY
require. FAST
Then,
perform
the following
1 BLINK
LO PRESS. SWITCH FAILURE
1.370
1.Open
front swinging
of main
unit (by
PHASES INCORRECT, REVERSE
2 BLINKS
HI PR. doors
SW./WATER
SNSR.
FAIL.popping
RED
2 UNIT SUPPLY LEADS. DO NOT
front
door
latches).
3 BLINKS
DEFROST MODE ACTIVE
LIGHT MODIFY FACTORY WIRING. DOING
4 BLINKS
HI PRESS.
HARD LOCKOUT
2. Throw
main power
disconnect
to the “OFF” SO MAY RESULT IN UNIT DAMAGE.
7961-754-10
position to eliminate risk of injury7961-754-4
or death due to 7961-754-5
7961-754-5
UNIT
TIE
PLATE
UNIT
TIE
PLATE
electrical shock.
REMOVE TO DISASSEMBLE, DO NOT
REMOVE TO DISASSEMBLE, DO NOT
3. Remove
five (5) screws
holding
front ERV doorOVERTIGHTEN
OVERTIGHTEN
BOLTS WHEN
REPLACING
BOLTS WHEN REPLACING
in place (See Figure 27).
4. Remove ERV Control Panel Cover by removing 8.500
four (4) screws (See Figure 27).
5. Locate two 0-10Vdc Motor Control Boards in control panel (See Figure 28).
COLORS: ROSE
BRIGHT YELLOW
DARK ORANGE
Suction Discharg
(Low)
(High)
R-410A
7961-7
VENT POWER CONNECTIO
UNPLUG AND REMOVE WIRE CLAMPS
TO DISASSEMBLE UNIT 7961
Manual2100-549H
Page
41 of 59
PERFORMANCE AND APPLICATION DATA
SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE
(INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/62°WB)
Ambient
O.D.
DB/WB
105
100
95
90
85
VENTILATION RATE 450 CFM
65% EFFICIENCY
F
VLT
VLS
VENTILATION RATE 375 CFM
66% EFFICIENCY
VLT
VENTILATION RATE 300 CFM
67% EFFICIENCY
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
VLT
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
75
21465 14580
6884
13952
9477
4475
17887 12150
5737
11805
8018
3786
14310
9720
4590
9587
6512
3075
70
14580 14580
0
9477
9477
0
12150 12150
0
8018
8018
0
9720
9720
0
6512
6512
0
65
14580 14580
0
9477
9477
0
12150 12150
0
8018
8018
0
9720
9720
0
6512
6512
0
80
31590 12150 19440 20533
7897
12635 26325 10125 16200 17374
6682
10692 21060
8100
12960
14110
5427
8683
75
21465 12150
9314
13952
7897
6054
17887 10125
7762
11805
6682
5123
14310
8100
6210
9587
5427
4160
70
12352 12150
202
8029
7897
131
10293 10125
168
6793
6682
111
8235
8100
135
5517
5427
90
65
12150 12150
0
7897
7897
0
10125 10125
0
6682
6682
0
8100
8100
0
5427
5427
0
0
0
10125 10125
0
0
60
12150 12150
7897
7897
6682
6682
8100
8100
0
5427
5427
0
80
31590
9720
21870 20533
6318
14215 26325
8100
18225 17374
5345
12028 21060
6480
14580
14110
4341
9768
75
21465
9720
11744
13952
6318
7634
17887
8100
9787
11805
5345
6459
14310
6480
7830
9587
4341
5246
70
12352
9720
2632
8029
6318
1711
10293
8100
2193
6793
5345
1447
8235
6480
1755
5517
4341
1175
65
9720
9720
0
6318
6318
0
8100
8100
0
5345
5345
0
6480
6480
0
4341
4341
0
60
9720
9720
0
6318
6318
0
8100
8100
0
5345
5345
0
6480
6480
0
4341
4341
0
80
31590
7290
24300 20533
4738
15794 26325
6075
20250 17374
4009
13365 21060
4860
16200
14110
3256
10854
75
21465
7290
14175 13952
4738
9213
17887
6075
11812
11805
4009
7796
14310
4860
9450
9587
3256
6331
70
12352
7290
5062
8029
4738
3290
10293
6075
4218
6793
4009
2784
8235
4860
3375
5517
3256
2261
65
7290
7290
0
4738
4738
0
6075
6075
0
4009
4009
0
4860
4860
0
3256
3256
0
60
7290
7290
0
4738
4738
0
6075
6075
0
4009
4009
0
4860
4860
0
3256
3256
0
80
31590
4860
26730 20533
3159
17374 26325
4050
22275 17374
2672
14701 21060
3240
17820
14110
2170
11939
75
21465
4860
16605 13952
3159
10793 17887
4050
13837
11805
2672
9132
14310
3240
11070
9587
2170
7416
70
12352
4860
7492
8029
3159
4870
10293
4050
6243
6793
2672
4120
8235
3240
4995
5517
2170
3346
65
4860
4860
0
3159
3159
0
4050
4050
0
2672
2672
0
3240
3240
0
2170
2170
0
60
4860
4860
0
3159
3159
0
4050
4050
0
2672
2672
0
3240
3240
0
2170
2170
0
75
21465
2430
19035 13952
1579
12372 17887
2025
15862
11805
1336
10469 14310
1620
12690
9587
1085
8502
70
12352
2430
9922
1579
6449
10293
2025
8268
6793
1336
5457
8235
1620
6615
5517
1085
4432
814
8029
80
75
65
4252
2430
1822
2764
1579
1184
3543
2025
1518
2338
1336
1002
2835
1620
1215
1899
1085
60
2430
2430
0
1579
1579
0
2025
2025
0
1336
1336
0
1620
1620
0
1085
1085
0
70
12352
0
12352
8029
0
8029
10293
0
10293
6793
0
6793
8235
0
8235
5517
0
5517
65
4252
0
4252
2764
0
2764
3543
0
3543
2338
0
2338
2835
0
2835
1899
0
1899
60
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LEGEND:
WINTER HEATING PERFORMANCE
(INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB)
Ambient
O.D.
VENTILATION RATE
450 CFM
80% EFFICIENCY
375 CFM
81% EFFICIENCY
300 CFM
82% EFFICIENCY
DB/°F
WVL
WHR
WVL
WHR
WVL
WHR
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
2430
4860
7290
9720
12150
14580
17010
19440
21870
24300
26730
1944
3888
5832
7776
9720
11664
13608
15552
17496
19440
21384
2025
4050
6075
8100
10125
12150
14175
16200
18225
20250
22275
1640
3280
4920
6561
8201
9841
11481
13122
14762
16402
18042
1620
3240
4860
6480
8100
9720
11340
12960
14580
16200
17820
1328
2656
3985
5313
6642
7970
9298
10627
11955
13284
14612
Manual2100-549H
Page 42 of 59
VLT =
VLS =
VLL =
HRT =
HRS =
HRL =
WVL =
WHR =
Ventilation Load – Total
Ventilation Load – Sensible
Ventilation Load – Latent
Heat Recovery – Total
Heat Recovery – Sensible
Heat Recovery – Latent
Winter Ventilation Load
Winter Heat Recovery
Note: All performance data is based on operating intake and exhaust blower on the same speed.
FIGURE 25A
ERV "MANUAL
MODE" JUMPER
ON "M"
ERV “MANUAL
MODE” PIN
JUMPER
PIN Terminal
ON “M” TERMINAL
ERV CFM
450
To adjust the airflow ventilation rate (NO CO2
FLOW INDEX (Light CONTROL/NON-MODULATING) , determine the "FLOW
Blink Code)
INDEX" needed for the intake and exhaust blowers for
the CFM you require.
100
425
89
400
83
375
76
350
59
325
50
300
40
275
32
250
25
225
12
200
9
175
4
150
1
M" Terminal
he airflow ventilation rate (NO CO2
-MODULATING) , determine the "FLOW
for the intake and exhaust blowers for
the CFM you require.
-10Vdc Motor Control Boards in control panel
otor Control Board, observing "GREEN STATUS
l adjust potentiometer (with a small phillips-head
W" to increase "FLOW INDEX" or CW to reduce
match desired setting. (NOTE: After long pause,
ht will blink long-blinks for the "TEN COUNT" of
NDEX", which then is immediately followed by
ndicate the second digit. For example, a Flow
be two long blinks, followed by 3 fast blinks of
the "GREEN STATUS LIGHT".)
Motor Control Board, observing "GREEN STATUS
l adjust potentiometer (with a small phillips-head
W" to increase "FLOW INDEX" or CW to reduce
match desired setting. (Same GREEN STATUS
IGHT blink (refer to Step #5))
ERV "MOD
1.> Locate two 0-10Vdc Motor Control Boards in control panel
CFM
450
425
400
2.> On intake Motor Control Board, observing "GREEN STATUS
LIGHT", turn manual adjust potentiometer (with a small phillips-head
screwdriver) "CCW" to increase "FLOW INDEX" or CW to reduce
"FLOW INDEX" to match desired setting. (NOTE: After long pause,
the green status light will blink long-blinks for the "TEN COUNT" of
the "FLOW RATE INDEX", which then is immediately followed by
fast blinks which indicate the second digit. For example, a Flow
Index of 23 would be two long blinks, followed by 3 fast blinks of
the "GREEN STATUS LIGHT".)
3.> On exhaust Motor Control Board, observing "GREEN STATUS
LIGHT", turn manual adjust potentiometer (with a small phillips-head
screwdriver) "CCW" to increase "FLOW INDEX" or CW to reduce
"FLOW INDEX" to match desired setting. (Same GREEN STATUS
LIGHT blink (refer to Step #5))
375
350
325
300
275
250
225
200
175
150
125
FIGURE
25BJUMPER PIN ON "P" TERMINAL
ERV "MODULATING
MODE"
ERV “MODULATING MODE” JUMPER PIN ON “P” TERMINAL
CFM
Vdc Signal
from CO2
Control
450
10
425
8.87
400
8.31
375
7.61
350
6.73
325
5.91
300
5.15
275
4.58
250
4.06
225
2.91
200
2.57
175
2.24
150
1.74
125
0.96
100
0.77
After determining the air volume
rates needed for the intended
application (Maximum &
Minimum), the table
immediately to the left will allow
for you to program your CO2
control output voltages in
correlation to the CO2 levels you
wish to control when Bard Part #
8403-067 CO2 Control is applied.
Manual2100-549H
Page
43 of 59
100
Vd
fr
C
FIGURE 26
VENTILATION AIRFLOW DIAGRAM
Supply Air
SUPPLY
BLOWER
Return Air
Outdoor Air
VENT
INTAKE
BLOWER
Indoor Air
VENT
EXHAUST
BLOWER
MIS-3024
Manual2100-549H
Page 44 of 59
FIGURE 27
ERV ACCESS
ERV INTAKE
BLOWER
NOTE: ERV
EXHAUST
BLOWER IS
BEHIND INTAKE
BLOWER
ERV CASSETTE
ASSEMBLIES
MIS-3025
REMOVE (5) SCREWS FROM
ERV DOOR TO ACCESS ERV
COMPONENTS
ERV CONTROL
PANEL LOCATION
Manual2100-549H
Page
45 of 59
safety practices concerning unearthed low voltage circuits.
e 24 Vac side of the power transformer4. Connect the ACU+ neutral connection to the earthed lead.
50/60Hz connection to the hot side of the 24 Vac Class II power source. With the “P” jumper out,
s connection as a means to stop the ECM Motor.
MostCDT
automation
controllers
will power the
Series
Carbon
Dioxide/Temperature Transmitter
FIGURE
28
a 24 Vac on/off output, eliminating the fan relay. Automation controllers that switch neutral may
CONTROL BOARD CONFIGURATION/SETTING
Specifications - Installation and Operating Instructions
ngle-ended, so power neutral and signal common are internally connected.
c control signal
tion. Connect
mmon to the
35/64
[13.89]
1-13/32
[35.72]
Control Signal

To Automation
Controller
1-53/64
[46.43]
[30.20]
[30.20]
7/8
[22.35]
3/16
Board mode pins factory4xshipped
[4.76]
on “M” pin for On/Off control
scheme using “A” signal on low
voltage control board.
Signal Common
RPM Out
Earth neutral/Common
Neutral/Common
Universal outputs
allow users to select the transmitter output to be 4 to 20 mA, 0
at transformer
to 5 VDC or
10 VDC tosafety.
work with virtually any building management controller.
for0 to
electrical
An optional relay with user adjustable set points can be used to control exhaust
fans, open actuated windows or dampers, or signal a light or horn.
Evolution Controls Inc.
For applications that require visual indication, the Series CDT can be ordered with
an integral LCD display or the Model A-449 remote LCD display that can plug into
the mini-connector port on the side of the transmitter. The display can be
configured to display temperature only, CO 2 only or CO2 and temperature together.
Push buttons are standard on the transmitters for access to the menu structure,
2 transmitter can be ordered without the buttons. To prevent tampering, the
but the
action of the buttons can be locked out using an internal jumper selection. Menu
items that can be accessed include: engineering units, relay output set points,
display configuration, transmitter output scaling, ambient barometric pressure and
field calibration of the transmitter.
CONFIGURING BARD PART #8403-067
CO CONTROL for ERV MODULATING
CONTROL
BARD PART #8403-067
Carbon Dioxide and Temperature Transmitters
Single beam dual-wavelength
accurately
monitor thesensor
CO2advantages:
concentration and temperature
• Automatically corrects for aging effects in occupied and unoccupied buildings
in schools,
office
buildings,
andplants
other
indoor
environments
o Perfect for hospitals and manufacturing
that are
occupied
24 hours per
day achieve LEED® certification.
to help
• Measures actual unfiltered light intensity directly
Eliminates error from incorrect assumptions of gas concentration in theoretical
SPECIFICATIONS
logic assumption methods
o
1-13/32
[50.01]

“Red” status light (on
when unit has power)
SpECIfICATIONS
Range:
“Green”
signal light continuously
on model);
CO2: 0 to 2000 or 0 to 5000 ppm (depending
Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C). indicates the flow index the blower
is producing. After a pause, the
Accuracy: ±40 ppm + 3% of reading.
lamp ppm.
will flash out long digits which
Temperature Dependence: ±8 ppm / °C at 1100
will indicate the “TENS” count,
Non-Linearity: 16 ppm.
which
followed by
mm isofimmediately
Hg.
pressure Dependence: 0.13% of reading per
short flashes between 1 and 99.
Response Time: 2 minutes for 99% step change.
For (0
example,
a flow index of 23
Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F
to 50°C).
would
yield two long flashes and
Ambient Operating Humidity: 10 to 95% RH
(non-condensing).
short flashes.
power Requirements: 16 to 35 VDC / 19 tothree
28 VAC.
power Consumption: Average: 2 watts; Peak: 3.75 watts.
Sensor: Single beam, dual-wavelength NDIR.
Output:
Current: 4 to 20 mA (max 500 Ω);
Manual
adjust0 screw.
Use
operating
in manual
Voltage:
to 5 VDC
or when
0 to 10
VDC (min
500 Ω); mode (“M” jumper
installed)
with
SIGNAL LIGHT” to adjust to the
Relay:along
SPST
NOthe
2A“GREEN
@ 30 VDC;
required
of ventilation.
rotation
reducesonthe
“FLOW INDEX”,
RTD CFM
or thermistor
per r-t CW
curves
(depending
model).
CCW
rotation
increases
the “FLOW INDEX”.
Weight:
5.6 oz
(158.8 g).

0-2,000 RPM
= 0-10Vdc

3-13/32
[86.52]
Series CDT Carbon Dioxide and Temperature Transmitters accurately monitor
the CO2 concentration and temperature in schools, office
buildings, and other
Common
® certification. For increased sensor
indoor environments to help achieve LEED
Aux
r using an
life, a single-beam dual-wavelength non-dispersive
Power infrared (NDIR) sensor is used
to automatically
the measurement in both occupied and unoccupied
Signalcorrect
Common,
or control cable.
24Vac/dc
buildings against
aging effects.
The single-beam dual-wavelength sensor
Aux Common
&
technology
provides
the
highest
level
of
accuracy
compared
to Automatic Baseline
Neutral/Common are
Correction methods which can unintentionally shift the calibration based on CO 2
internally connected
24Vac/dc
levels and barometric pressure conditions. In order to achieve
a higher level of
accuracy, the Series CDT includes digital barometric pressure adjustment and the
ability toClass
field-calibrate
the sensor.
II Power
Source
. 271-511-RC

4-31/64
[113.9]
21K ohm load
Include this
culating a
4-20 Ma
m 1% resistor5
dropping
Move jumper pin to “P” position to
allow variable ventilation control
1-3/16
using 4-20MA
CO2 1-3/16
controller
3x 3/8
[9.53]
ECM Motor Control Cable
Bulletin AQ-CDT
p.3 of 4.
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Disconnect power supply before installation to prevent electrical
shock and equipment damage.
Make sure all connections are in accordance with the job wiring diagram and in
accordance with national and local electrical codes. Use copper conductors only.
CAUTION
Use electrostatic discharge precautions (e.g., use of wrist straps)
during installation and wiring to prevent equipment damage.
Range:CO2: 0 to 2000 or 0 to 5000 ppm (depending on model)
Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
CAUTION Avoid locations where severe shock or vibration, excessive
moisture or corrosive fumes are present.
Accuracy: ±40 ppm + 3% of reading.
Temperature Dependence: ±8 ppm / °C at 1100 ppm.
CAUTION Do not exceed ratings of this device, permanent damage not
covered by warranty may result.
Non-Linearity: 16 ppm.
Pressure Dependence: 0.13% of reading per mm of Hg.
NOTICE Upon powering the transmitter, the firmware version will flash on
the display. A warm up period of 30 minutes is required for the
Response Time: 2 minutes for 99% step change.
transmitter to adjust to the current CO 2 concentration.
Ambient Operating Temperature: 32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C).
Ambient Operating Humidity: 10 to 95% RH (nonNOTICE Self calibration feature of the transmitter requires exposure to
normal outdoor equivalent carbon dioxide level once every thirty
condensing).
days.
Power Requirements: 16 to 35 VDC / 19 to 28 VAC.
Power Consumption: Average: 2 watts; Peak: 3.75 watts.
Sensor: Single beam, dual-wave length NDIR.
Output:
Current: 4 to 20 mA (max 500 Ω);
Voltage: 0 to
5 VDC or 0 to 10 VDC (min 500
Ω);
DWYER
INSTRUMENTS,
INC.
phone: 219/879-8000
www.dwyer-inst.com
Relay:
SPST
NO
2A
@
30
VDC;
p.O. BOX 373 • MICHIGAN CITY, INDIANA 46361, U.S.A.
fax: 219/872-9057
e-mail: info@dwyer-inst.com
RTD or thermistor per r-t curves (depending on model)
Weight: 5.6 oz (158.8 g)
Manual2100-549H
Page 46 of 59
Use maximum 18 AWG wire for wiring to terminals.
Refer to Figure 5 for wiring
COVER
BOTTOM TAB
information.
any power. Passive temperature outputs are not polarity sensitive.
CO2
fIGURE 1: Removal Of Cover from Back plate
RECEIVER
Remote Display
SELF-LATCHING
For models that are ordered without an integral LCD display, remote display Model
COVER
A-449 can be used to display the temperature and carbonRELAY
dioxide. The mini USB plug
CONTACT
MOUNTING
fIGURE 1: Removal Of Cover from Back plate
of the remote display plugs into the receptor on the side of the housing. After a short
1. Push tab on bottom of cover and lift cover from back plate (See Figure 1).
6
3
5
warm up time, the display 1will2 begin
to4 show
the
current temperature and carbon
2. Select the mounting location, away from diffusers, lights or any external
dioxide measurements unless configured by the user to show only temperature RELAY
or
CONTACT
MOUNTING
influences.
Before
any adjustment can be made to the transmitter,
only carbon
dioxide.
2
1.
Push
tab
on
bottom
of
cover
and
lift
cover
from
back
plate
(See
Figure
1).
3. Mount transmitter on a vertical surface to a standard electrical box using the two
1
6
2
3
4
5
PJ2
2. Select the mounting location, away
from diffusers, lights or any externalthe Menu Lockout Jumper (PJ4) must be set to the
#6 M2C type screws provided.
EDITING MENU pARAMETERS
influences.
“On” position (See Figure below).
4. Pull wires through sub base
hole and make necessary connections.
5: Active Output Wiring Diagram
3. plate.
Mount transmitter on a vertical surface to a standard electrical box using the fIGURE
two
5. Reattach cover to base
PJ4
Before any adjustment can be made to the transmitter, the Menu Lockout Jumper
PJ1
PJ5#6 M2C type screws provided.
LOCKOUT
JUMPER
(PJ4) must be set to theMENU
˝On˝ position
(See Figure 6).
1.Push
onthrough
bottom
cover
andmake
lift cover
from
Thermistor
4. Pulltab
wires
subof
base
hole and
necessary
connections.
WIRING
and RTD Outputs
fIGURE
5:
Active
Output
Diagram
5. Reattach
back
plate.cover to base plate.
Thermistor and RTD passive outputs are located on the back plate
and doWiring
not require
ENABLED
DISABLED
Use maximum 18 AWG
wire
for
wiring
to
terminals.
Refer
to
Figure
5
for
wiring
any
power.
Passive
temperature
outputs
are
not
polarity
sensitive.
2.Select the mounting location, away from diffusers, WIRING
Thermistor and RTD Outputs
information.
Diagram Of Circuit
Board
fIGURE
lights or2:any
external influences.
Thermistor and RTD passive outputs are located on the back plate and do not r
Remote Display
3. Mount
transmitter
onwire
a vertical
to aRefer toFor
Use maximum
18 AWG
for wiring surface
to terminals.
Figure
5 for
any without
power. Passive
temperature
outputs
aredisplay
not polarity
models
thatwiring
are ordered
an integral
LCD display,
remote
Modelsensitive.
Selection of Current and Voltage Outputs
information.electrical box using the two #6 M2C type
A-449 can be used to display the temperature and carbon dioxide. The mini USB plug
standard
Prior to wiring, verify that the current/voltage selection jumpers (PJ1, PJ2, and PJ5)
Remote
of the remote display plugs
into the
receptor on the side of the housing. After a short
screws
provided.
ON
OFF Display
OFF
are set to the desired
output type.
Refer to Figure 2 to locate the selection jumpers.
ON temperature
Forwill
models
are ordered
without
an integral LCD
display, remote display M
warm up time, the display
beginthat
to show
the current
and carbon
See Figure 3 for4.Pull
diagram of
the current/voltage
selection
jumper.
For make
voltage output
wires
through sub
base hole
and
fIGURE
: Menu
Lockout
Jumper
A-449 configured
can be used
display
and carbon or
dioxide. The mini US
dioxide measurements unless
bytothe
userthe
to temperature
show
only temperature
selection, the output can be 0 to 10 VDC, 0 to 5 VDC, 2 to 10 VDC or 1 to 5 VDC.
of the remote display plugs into the receptor on the side of the housing. After a
necessary connections.
only carbon dioxide.
See Figure 4 for the type of voltage output selection jumper (PJ5).
ACCESSING MENU pARAMETERS
warm up time, thethe
display
will begin
to show
theto
current temperature and c
Finish installing/wiring
control.
Then,
refer
5.Reattach cover to base plate.
PJ2
dioxide measurements unless configured by the user to show only temperat
EDITING MENU
pARAMETERS
20 menu
and
the
building
Step 1: Figure
To enter the
structure,
press ventilation
and specifications
simultaneously for
only carbon dioxide.
VOLTAGE
5 seconds
(display
will
show
RON parameter).
to
decide
what
the
maximum
ventilation
rate
desired
PJ4CURRENT
OUTPUT
Before
any
adjustment
can
be
made
to
the
transmitter,
the
Menu
Lockout
Jumper
OUTPUT
PJ2
PJ1
PJ5
EDITING
MENU
pARAMETERS
the
minimum/maximum
voltage
signal
is
must is
be and
set towhat
the ˝On˝
position
(See
Figure 6).
Use maximum 18 AWG wire for wiring to terminals. (PJ4)Step
2: Press
or
to cycle between menu items.
CONFIGURING BARD PART #8403-067
CO CONTROL for ERV MODULATING
CONTROL (Continued)
MENU
PJ4
RLY
RLY
OUT1
MENU
OUT2
MOUNTING
COM
RLY
PWR
RLY
OUT2
COM
OUT1
PWR
EDITING MENU PARAMETERS
PJ4
WIRING
PJ4
Refer to Figures 13-19
for wiring information.
C V
PJ5
C
V
PJ1
fIGURE
2: Diagram Of Circuit
Board OUTPUTS
SELECTION
OF VOLTAGE
F
fIGURE
3: Current/Voltage
Output
Selection
Jumper
And pJ2)
Prior
to
wiring,
verify (pJ1
the voltage
selector jumpers
Selection of Current
and
Voltage
Outputs
fIGURE
2: Diagram Of Circuit
Board
on that
jumpers
PJ1 and PJ2
are set
to voltage
(See
Figure
Prior to wiring, verify
the current/voltage
selection
jumpers
(PJ1, PJ2,
and PJ5)
required for those levels.
Before any adjustment can be made to the transmitter, the Menu Lockout J
ENABLED
DISABLED
Step 3: Next,
Press enter
tothe
edit control
the value for the displayed
menu
item (SET will
appear
stage
below
(PJ4)
must be setprogramming
to the ˝On˝ position
(See listed
Figure 6).
on display).
once the system is powered-up to configure the control.
DISABLED
or
to adjust theENABLED
value of the menu item.
Step 4: Press
Step 5: Press
MENU
PJ4
MENU
MENUON
PJ4
to save the changes (SET will disappear).
MENU
ON OFF
OFF
are set to the desired
output type. Refer to Figure 2 to locate the selection jumpers.
below).
of Current and
Voltage
Outputs
See Figure 3 for diagramSelection
of the current/voltage
selection
jumper.
For voltage output
fIGURE
6: 5Menu
Lockout
Jumper
Step 6: Repeat Steps
2 through
for each
of the parameters.
wiring,
verify
the current/voltage
jumpers (PJ1, PJ2, and
PJ5) 1: To enter the menu structure, press selection, the output can Prior
be 0 to
to
10 VDC,
0 tothat
5 VDC,
2 to 10 VDC
orselection
1 to 5 VDC.
CURRENT/VOLTAGE
OUTPUT
Step
and
ON OFF for 5 seconds (display
OFF
set to the
desired
outputjumper
type. Refer
selection jumpers. pARAMETERS
ON
See Figure 4 for the typeare
of voltage
output
selection
(PJ5).to Figure 2 to locate the
ACCESSING MENU
simultaneously
Step 7: To exit the menu at any time, press and hold
and
JUMPER
(PJ1 &selection
PJ2) jumper. For
SeeSELECTION
Figure 3 for diagram
of the current/voltage
voltage output
fIGURE
6:
Menu
Lockout
Jumper
simultaneouslywill
for 5show
seconds
or waitparameter).
10 seconds without pushing any buttons.
RON
selection,
be 00toto5 10
VDC1:orTo
1 enter
to
5 VDC.
the menu structure,
press
and
simultaneously for
1 to 52Vto 10Step
2 to 10 V
V VDC, 0 to 5 VDC,
0 to 10theV output can VOLTAGE
See
Figure
4
for
the
type
of
voltage
output
selection
jumper
(PJ5).
ACCESSING MENU
pARAMETERS
Step
2:
Press
or
to cycle between 5
seconds
(display
will
show
RON
parameter).
2 to 10 mA
4 to 20 mA
0 to 10 mA
0 to 20 mA
ACCESSING MENU PARAMETERS
PJ4


OUTPUT


PJ4
menu items.
Step to
1: cycle
To enter
the menu
structure,
and
simultaneously f
Step 2: Press
between
menu
items. press
Step or
3: Press
to edit
the
value
the VOLTAGE
5seconds (display
will
show
RONfor
parameter).
OUTPUT
displayed
menu
item (SET
will(SET
appear
on Step 3: Press
to edit
the value for
the displayed
menu item
will appear
F
V
C V
Step
2: Press
or
to cycle between menu items.
on display).
display).
F
Step 4:Step
Press
 orto edit
to adjust
the value of 3: adjust
Press
themenu
valueitem.
for the displayed menu item (SET will ap
Step 4: Press
or
to
the value 
of the
Next, move jumper PJ5 to the
V 0-10V rangeC(SeeVFigure
the menu
item.
on display).
below).
F
Stepto5:
Press
to save
the changes (SET will Step 5: Press
save
the changes
(SET
will disappear).
Step
4: Press
or
to adjust the value of the menu item.
disappear).
OUTPUT RANGE SELECTION JUMPER PJ5Step 6: Repeat
Steps 2 through 5 for each of the parameters.
Step 6: Step
Repeat
Steps 2tothrough
5 for each of the 5: Press
save the changes (SET will disappear).
parameters.
Step 7: To exit
the menu at
any time, press and hold
and
6: Repeat
Steps
through
5 for each
of the
parameters.
Step 7:forStep
To
exit
the
menu
at
anywithout
time,
press
and
hold
simultaneously
5 seconds
or wait
10 2seconds
pushing
any
buttons.
1 to 5 V
2 to 10 V
0 to 10 V
and
simultaneously
for
5


2 to 10 mA
4 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
Step 7: To exit the menu at any time, press and hold
and
seconds
or wait 10
without
pushing
simultaneously
for seconds
5 seconds or
wait 10 seconds
without pushing any bu
fIGURE 4: Output
Range
Selection
Jumper
1 to
5V
2 to 10 V
0 to 10 V
any buttons.
2 to 10 mA
4 to 20 mA
0 to 20 mA
fIGURE 4: Output Range Selection Jumper
F
fIGURE 4: Output Range Selection Jumper
F
Manual2100-549H
Page
47 of 59
MENU DESCRIPTIONS
RON
Relay on set point
Sets the CO2 concentration which the optional relay is energized.
Low limit: 0 PPM
Factory setting: 1000 PPM
High limit: 2000/5000 PPM (depending on model)
ROF
Relay off set point
Sets the CO2 concentration which the optional relay is de-energized. Setting value lower than RON provides direct action for detecting high concentrations of CO2. Setting value higher
than RON provides indirect action for detecting
low concentrations of CO2.  or  on
the LCD display will be lit to indicate when
the relay is energized.
Low limit: 0 PPM
Factory setting: 950 PPM
High limit: 2000/5000 PPM (depending on model)
DSP Display configuration
Determines the LCD display configuration during normal operation. The LCD display
can indicate the CO2 concentration and the
temperature, the CO2 concentration only or the temperature only. The factory default is to
display both the temperature and the CO2
concentration.
CTCO2 concentration and temperature
CCO2 concentration only
T Temperature only
UNI Units selection
Temperature and barometric pressure measurements can be displayed in US engineering units or SI engineering units. The factory default is to display US engineering units.
US units F for temperature and in Hg for barometeric pressure
SI units
C for temperature and hPa for barometric pressure
COLCO2 low output range
Sets the CO2 concentration for the lowest output (4 mA or 0 VDC).
Low limit: 0 PPM
Factory setting: 0 PPM
High limit: 2000/5000 PPM (depending on model)
Manual2100-549H
Page 48 of 59
COH
CO2 high output range
Sets the CO2 concentration for the highest output (20 mA, 5 VDC or 10 VDC). When COH is set above COL, the transmitter is direct acting and the output will increase with an increase in CO2 level. When COH is below COL, the transmitter is reverse acting and the output will increase with a decrease in CO2 level.
Low limit: 0 PPM
Factory setting: 2000/5000 PPM (depending on model)
High limit: 2000/5000 PPM (depending on model)
TOL
Temperature low output range
Sets the temperature for the lowest output (4 mA or 0 VDC).
Low limit: 32.0°F / 0.0°C
Factory setting: 32.0°F / 0.0°C
High limit: 122.0°F / 50.0°C
TOH
Temperature high output range
Sets the temperature for the highest output (20 mA, 5 VDC or 10 VDC). When TOH is set above TOL, the transmitter is direct acting and the output will increase with an increase in temperature. When TOH is below TOL, the transmitter is reverse acting and the output will increase with a decrease intemperature.
Low limit: 32.0°F / 0.0°C
Factory setting: 122.0°F / 50.0°C
High limit: 122.0°F / 50.0°C
BAR
Barometric pressure
Sets the typical barometric pressure for the location where the transmitter is mounted. The factory setting is for standard pressure at sea level. Adjusting the barometric pressure gives
a more accurate measurement, especially at
higher elevations.
Low limit: 20.0 in Hg / 600 hPa
Factory setting: 29.9 in Hg / 1013 hPa
High limit: 32.0 in Hg / 1100 hPa
ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR
MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
The ability to clean exposed surfaces within air moving
systems is an important design consideration for the
maintenance of system performance and air quality.
The need for periodic cleaning will be a function of
operating schedule, climate, and contaminants in the
indoor air being exhausted and in the outdoor air being
supplied to the building. All components exposed to
the airstream, including energy recovery wheels, may
require cleaning in most applications.
Rotary counterflow heat exchanges (heat wheels) with
laminar airflow are “self-cleaning” with respect to
dry particles. Smaller particles pass through; larger
particles land on the surface and are blown clear
as the flow direction is reversed. For this reason,
the primary need for cleaning is to remove films of
oil-based aerosols that have condensed on energy
transfer surfaces. Buildup of material over time may
eventually reduce airflow. Most importantly, in the
case of desiccant coated (enthalpy) wheels, such films
can close off micron sized pores at the surface of the
desiccant material, reducing the efficiency with which
the desiccant can absorb and desorb moisture.
FREQUENCY
In a reasonably clean indoor environment such as a
school, office building, or home, experience shows that
reductions of airflow or loss of sensible (temperature)
effectiveness may not occur for ten or more years.
However, experience also shows that measurable
changes in latent energy (water vapor) transfer can
occur in shorter periods of time in commercial,
institutional and residential applications experiencing
moderate occupant smoking or with cooking facilities.
In applications experiencing unusually high levels of
occupant smoking, such as smoking lounges, nightclubs,
bars and restaurants, washing of energy transfer
surfaces, as frequently as every six months, may be
necessary to maintain latent transfer efficiency. Similar
washing cycles may also be appropriate for industrial
applications involving the ventilation of high levels
of smoke or oil-based aerosols such as those found in
welding or machining operations, for example. In these
applications, latent efficiency losses of as much as 40%
or more may develop over a period of one to three years.
CLEANABILITY AND PERFORMANCE
In order to maintain energy recovery ventilation
systems, energy transfer surfaces must be accessible for
washing to remove oils, grease, tars and dirt that can
impede performance or generate odors. Washing of the
desiccant surfaces is required to remove contaminate
buildups that can reduce adsorption of water molecules.
The continued ability of an enthalpy wheel to transfer
latent energy depends upon the permanence of the bond
between the desiccant and the energy transfer surfaces.
Bard wheels feature silica gel desiccant permanently
bonded to the heat exchange surface without adhesives;
the desiccant will not be lost in the washing process.
Proper cleaning of the Bard energy recovery wheel will
restore latent effectiveness to near original performance.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
NOTE: Local conditions can vary and affect the required time
between routine maintenance procedures, therefore
all sites (or specific units at a site) may not have the
same schedule to maintain acceptable performance.
The following timetables are recommended and can
be altered based on local experience.
QUARTERLY MAINTENANCE
1. Inspect mist eliminator/prefilter and clean if
necessary. This filter is located in the fresh air
intake hood on the front of the unit. This is an
aluminum mesh filter and can be cleaned with
water and any detergent not harmful to aluminum.
2. Inspect wall mount unit filter and clean or replace
as necessary. This filter is located either in the unit,
in a return air filter grille assembly, or both. If in
the unit it can be accessed by removing the lower
service door on the front of the unit. If in a return
air filter grille, by hinging the grille open to gain
access.
3. Inspect energy recovery ventilator for proper
wheel rotation and dirt buildup. This can be done
in conjunction with Item 2 above. Energize the
energy recovery ventilator after inspecting the filter
and observe for proper rotation and/or dirt buildup.
4. Recommended energy recovery wheel cleaning
procedures follow Steps 5 through 8.
5. Disconnect all power to unit. Remove the lower
service door of the wall mount unit to gain access
to the energy recovery ventilator.
6. Remove the front access panel on the ventilator.
Unplug amp connectors to cassette motors. Slide
energy recovery cassette out of ventilator.
7. Use a shop vacuum with brush attachment to clean
both sides of the energy recovery wheels.
8. Reverse shop vacuum to use as a blower and blow
out any residual dry debris from the wheel.
NOTE: Discoloration and staining of the wheel does not affect its performance. Only excessive buildup of foreign material needs
to be removed.
9. If any belt chirping or squealing noise is present,
apply a small amount of LPS-1 or equivalent dry
film lubricant to the belt.
Manual2100-549H
Page
49 of 59
ANNUAL MAINTENANCE
1. Inspect and conduct the same procedures as
outlined under Quarterly Maintenance.
2. To maintain peak latent (moisture) removal
capacity, it is recommended that the energy
recovery wheels be sprayed with a diluted nonacid
based evaporator coil cleaner or alkaline detergent
solution such as 409.
NOTE: Do not use acid based cleaners, aromatic
solvents, temperatures in excess of 170° F or
steam. Damage to the wheel may result.
Do not disassemble and immerse the entire
heat wheel in a soaking solution, as bearing
and other damage may result.
3. Rinse wheel thoroughly after application of the
cleaning solution, and allow to drain before
reinstalling.
4. No re-lubrication is required to heat wheel bearings
of the drive motor, or to the intake and exhaust
blower motors.
5. If any belt chirping or squealing noise is present,
apply a small amount of LPS-1 or equivalent dry
film lubricant to the belt.
FIGURE 29
Manual2100-549H
Page 50 of 59
TROUBLESHOOTING
SOLID STATE HEAT PUMP CONTROL
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
1. NOTE: A thorough understanding of the defrost cycle sequence is essential. Review that section earlier in this manual prior to troubleshooting the control. Turn on AC power supply to unit.
2. Turn thermostat blower switch to “fan on” – the indoor blower should start. (If it doesn’t, troubleshoot indoor unit and correct problem.)
3. Turn thermostat blower to “auto” position. Indoor blower should stop.
4. Set system switch to “heat” or “cool”. Adjust thermostat to call for heat or cool. The indoor blower, compressor and outdoor fan should start.
NOTE:
If there was no power to 24 volt transformer, the compressor and outdoor fan motor will
not start for 5 minutes. This is because of the compressor short cycle protection.
CODES
FUNCTION
Slow Blink
Normal Operation
Fast Blink
Compressor Time Delay
1 Blink
Low Pressure Switch Failure
2 Blink
High Pressure Switch Failure
or Condensate Overflow Switch Activated
3 Blink
Defrost Mode Active
4 Blink
High Pressure or Overflow Switch Lockout
TABLE 5
TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom
Description, Check & Possible Causes
What & How to Check / Repair
1. Check for LED illumination.
Is there an LED illuminated on the board (flashing)?
Yes = go to Step #2; No = go to Step #3
2. Check for error codes.
Is the LED flashing a Code?
Yes = go to Step #4; No = go to Step #8
3. Check for power at board.
Is there 24 volts AC between R and C?
Yes = go to Step #13; No = go to Step #9
4. Check codes.
What code is blinking?
Code "1", go to Step #6; Code "2", go to Steps #7A & #7B; Fast Blink,
go to Step #5
5. Compressor delay active.
Check for proper operation; if still needed, go back to Step #1.
Wait for 5 minute delay or jump board's "speed up pins".
Compressor will
not start (heating or
cooling)
Fan outdoor motor
does not run
(cooling or heating
except during
defrost)
Reversing valve
does not energize
(heating only)
Unit will not go into
defrost
(heating only)
Unit will not come
out of defrost
(heating only)
6. Low pressure fault.
Check wiring circuit and unit pressures.
7A. High pressure fault.
Check wiring circuit and unit pressures.
7B. Condensate overflow fault.
Check upper indoor coil drains; check lower outdoor coil drains; check
main drain line.
8. Check for Compressor input signal.
Is there 24 volts AC between Y and C?
Yes = go to Step #10; No = go to Step #11
9. No power to board.
The unit either does not have unit voltage, the transformer is bad or the
unit wiring is incorrect.
10. Check for Compressor output signal.
Is there 24 volts AC between CC & C?
Yes = go to Step #12; No = go to Step #13
11. No "Y" compressor input signal.
Check thermostat wiring, incorrect phase of unit (see section on Phase
Monitor), and finally unit wiring.
12. No "CC" compressor output signal.
Check compressor contactor for proper operation and finally check
compressor.
13. Faulty board.
Replace defrost board.
Heat pump control defective
Check across fan relay on heat pump control. (Com-NC) Replace heat
pump control.
Motor defective
Check for open or shorted motor winding. Replace motor.
Motor capacitor defective
Check capacitor rating. Check for open or shorted capacitor. Replace
capacitor.
Heat pump control defective
Check for 24V between RV-C and B-C.
1. Check control circuit wiring.
2. Replace heat pump control
Reversing valve solenoid coil defective
Check for open or shorted coil. Replace solenoid coil.
Temperature sensor or heat pump control defective
Disconnect temperature sensor from board and jumper across
"SPEEDUP" terminals and "SEN JMP" terminals. This should cause the
unit to go through a defrost cycle within one minute.
1. If unit goes through defrost cycle, replace temperature sensor.
2. If unit does not go through defrost cycle, replace heat pump control.
Temperature sensor or heat pump control defective.
Jumper across "SPEEDUP" terminal.
This should cause the unit to come out of defrost within one minute.
1. If unit comes out of defrost cycle, replace temperature sensor.
2. If unit does not come out of defrost cycle, replace heat pump control.
Manual2100-549H
Page
51 of 59
4. If sensor resistance reads very low, then sensor is shorted and will not allow proper operation of the heat pump control.
CHECKING TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1. Disconnect temperature sensor from board and
from right-hand outdoor coil.
2. Use an ohmmeter and measure the resistance of the
sensor. Also use ohmmeter to check for short or open.
5. If sensor is out of tolerance, shorted, open, or reads very low ohms then it should be replaced.
3. Check resistance reading to chart of resistance use sensor ambient temperature. (Tolerance of part is ± 10%.)
TABLE 6
TEMPERATURE (F) VS RESISTANCE (R) OF TEMPERATURE SENSOR
F
R
F
R
F
R
F
R
-25
196871
13
56985
51
19374
89
7507
-24
190099
14
55284
52
18867
90
7334
-23
183585
15
53640
53
18375
91
7165
-22
177318
16
52051
54
17989
92
7000
-21
171289
17
50514
55
17434
93
6840
-20
165487
18
49028
56
16984
94
6683
-19
159904
19
47590
57
16547
95
6531
-18
154529
20
46200
58
16122
96
6383
-17
149355
21
44855
59
15710
97
6239
-16
144374
22
43554
60
15310
98
6098
-15
139576
23
42295
61
14921
99
5961
-14
134956
24
41077
62
14544
100
5827
-13
130506
25
39898
63
14177
101
5697
-12
126219
26
38757
64
13820
102
5570
-11
122089
27
37652
65
13474
103
5446
-10
118108
28
36583
66
13137
104
5326
-9
114272
29
35548
67
12810
105
5208
-8
110575
30
34545
68
12492
106
5094
-7
107010
31
33574
69
12183
107
4982
-6
103574
32
32634
70
11883
108
4873
-5
100260
33
31723
71
11591
109
4767
-4
97064
34
30840
72
11307
110
4663
-3
93981
35
29986
73
11031
111
4562
-2
91008
36
29157
74
10762
112
4464
-1
88139
37
28355
75
10501
113
4367
0
85371
38
27577
76
10247
114
4274
1
82699
39
26823
77
10000
115
4182
2
80121
40
26092
78
9760
116
4093
3
77632
41
25383
79
9526
117
4006
4
75230
42
24696
80
9299
118
3921
5
72910
43
24030
81
9077
119
3838
6
70670
44
23384
82
8862
120
3757
7
68507
45
22758
83
8653
121
3678
8
66418
46
22150
84
8449
122
3601
9
64399
47
21561
85
8250
123
3526
10
62449
48
20989
86
8057
124
3452
11
60565
49
20435
87
7869
12
58745
50
19896
88
7686
Manual2100-549H
Page 52 of 59
4.250
2.585
WARNING
EXPOSED MOVING PARTS.
DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL
POWER BEFORE SERVICING.
FAILURE TO DO SO CAN RESULT
IN SEVERE INJURY OR AMPUTATION.
WARNING
HAZARD OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK.
ELECTRICAL SHOCK CAN RESULT
IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
DISCONNECT THE REMOTE
ELECTRIC POWER SUPPLY OR
SUPPLIES BEFORE SERVICING.
7961-755-1
!
INTAKE VENT FILTER BEHIND
THIS DOOR
7961-755-3
!
INTAKE VENT FILTER BEHIND
THIS DOOR
7961-755-3
.833
.833
TROUBLESHOOTING ECM™ 142R OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
Do not operate motor without fan blade
attached. Such operations will cause the
motor to oscillate up and down.
3.706
You must obtain the correct
5.500replacement
motor from the manufacturer that is a direct
replacement for the failed motor.
USING THE WRONG MOTOR VOIDS
ALL WARRANTIES AND MAY PRODUCE
UNEXPECTED RESULTS.
HI
BLACK
HI
525
BLUE
MED-HI
450
1. In normal operation, this motor may rock backMED.
and HI
ORANGE
MED-LO
375
forth on start up. Do not replace if this is the only
MED. LO
300
LO
symptomRED
identified.
LO
TO CHANGE
SPEEDS,properly,
MOVE BROWN
2. If the system
is operating
but the motor WIRE WITH WHITE TRACE.
MOTOR SPEEDS
VENT OPTION INTAKE/EXHAUST SPEEDS
WIRE COLOR
SPEED
NOM. CFM
c. The Bard I-TEC
1.794is equipped with a low
ambient control pressure switch. This
pressure switch completes the 24VAC
Common feed to the outdoor fan motor
control in cooling mode. If this switch is
appears to run slower than it should,
the motor is 7961-755-2
7961-755-4 7961-755
defective, or if the outdoor air
good. High efficiency systems with optimized fan temperature is too cold to raise the head blades are engineered to run slow to decrease
pressure to the 325# switch closing set-point, noise. The Bard I-TEC Series models also adjust
or the system charge is too low, this could be fan speed based upon varied outdoor ambient
the cause of the issue. (In heat pump conditions to optimize sound and unit efficiency.
COLORS: BRIGHT YELLOW
MATERIAL: OUTDOOR
SUPPLIER
BE CSAfan cycling
END USE: INDOOR
VINYL,
{heating}
mode, theMUST
low ambient
3. If the system
is noisy,
freezing up, running a high APPROVED
DARK
ORANGE
FOR
ACCEPTABLE
ADHESIVE
control is bypassed.)
head pressure,
tripping
the high pressure switch or NAMEPLATE LISTING.
WHITE
BACKGROUND
d. If motor is not running, go to next section.
compressor overload, check the following:
PRINTING: BLACK
4. If the motor does not appear to be running at the FORM:
a. Ensure
cleanliness
of condenser coil(s) and
DIECUT
SHEET
proper speed or does not shut off, refer to the next fan blade/shroud.
section for voltage checks to determine if the motor b. Confirm the fan blade is not bent or deformed, is getting the proper input signals.
isn’t rubbing on the shroud, and that it is tight If the motor IS NOT receiving any communication, on the motor shaft. Also ensure the motor is troubleshoot the communication issue using the secure in its mounting system, and the
diagnostic table for the Fan Logic Control.
mounting system is secure to the unit.
a. This motor uses a 7 wire harness to control
the motor.
Manual2100-549H
Page
53 of 59
TROUBLESHOOTING ECM™ 142R OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
•Line power is connected as follows:
“Red Wire” connects to “L1”
“Black Wire” connects to “L2”
“Green/Yellow Wire” connects to “Ground”
• Control power is connected as follows:
“Blue Wire” connects to Fan Relay of the
Defrost Logic Control, and subsequently
connects to 24VAC Common through the
Fan Logic Control Board. “Yellow Wire”
connects to “Y” on the Fan Logic Control
Board. “White Wire” connects to “W” on the
Fan Logic Control Board. “Orange Wire”
connects to “O” on the Fan Logic Control Board.
NOTE:
A combination of the “Yellow”, “White” and “Orange” wires being energized (with 24V “R” signal) determines five (5) different speeds the fan motor will operate at. The Fan Logic Control Board uses an outdoor thermistor sensor to determine the speed the fan should operate. It also utilizes the “B” reversing valve input for heat pump mode to determine speed should operate.
TABLE 7
TROUBLESHOOTING ECM™ 142R OUTDOOR FAN MOTOR
Check between Red and Black Wires for Line Power
Check Line Power to Motor
Verify Ground by checking Green Wire to L1 and L2 Line Power
Check "BR" terminal of Fan Logic Control Board
Check for 24VAC common signal to motor
(against Transformer "R" Signal)
Check "Blue" Fan Lead on "Fan Relay Terminal" of "Defrost Logic Control"
** Is not energized in cooling mode until Low Ambient Fan Cycling Control is closed by 325
PSIG refrigerant pressure.
** Circuit is completed automatically when "B" is energized on the Fan Logic Control Board
Check 24VAC "hot" outputs (to "Blue" on Fan Logic Control) to motor. See the following tables based upon outdoor temperature and model
of operation.
TABLE 8
COOLING MODE
O.D. Temp Sensor
24VAC Signals Between
TABLE 9
HEAT PUMP MODE
O.D. Temp Sensor
24VAC Signals Between
Below 55°F
Orange to Blue
Above 56°F
Orange to Blue
Between 56° - 69°F
White to Blue
Between 55° - 30°F
White to Blue
Between 70° - 85°F
Yellow to Blue
Between 29° - 14°F
Yellow to Blue
Between 86° - 112°F
Orange and White to Blue
Below 13°F
Orange and White to Blue
Above 112°F
White and Yellow to Blue
If the output signals are not matching the specified temperature range, then go to Table #6 and verify the thermistor output
curve. If the motor is receiving proper communications and proper high voltage power, and is still not running, proceed
with Motor Replacement. (When checking the resistance/temperature curve, don’t forget about the optional 2.2k ohm fan
control resistor assembly.)
REPLACING THE MOTOR
This motor is replaced in one piece. The control cannot
be replaced separately from the motor. Even if the
control is remotely located, the replacement part will be
a new control with harness and new motor.
You must have the correct replacement motor from the
manufacturer that is a direct replacement for the failed
motor.
Manual2100-549H
Page 54 of 59
USING THE WRONG MOTOR VOIDS
ALL PRODUCT WARRANTIES AND MAY
PRODUCE UNEXPECTED RESULTS.
Always mount the replacement motor and control
according to the manufacturers specifications using
all required hardware to reduce vibration. Make sure
all wires are free of the fan blade and not pinched in
mountings or cabinet through points.
TROUBLESHOOTING INDOOR ECM™ BLOWER MOTORS
Symptom
CAUTION:
Disconnect power from unit before removing or replacing
connectors, or servicing motor. To avoid electric shock from
the motor’s capacitors, disconnect power and wait at least 5
minutes before opening motor.
Symptom
Cause/Procedure
Motor rocks slightly
when starting
• This is normal start-up for ECM
Motor won’t start
• Check blower turns by hand
• No movement
• Check power at motor
• Check low voltage (24 Vac R to C) at motor
• Check low voltage connections
(G, Y, W, R, C) at motor
• Check for unseated pins in connectors on motor harness
• Test with a temporary jumper between R - G
• Check motor for tight shaft
• Perform motor/control replacement check
• Perform Moisture Check
• Motor rocks, but won’t start
• Check for loose or compliant motor mount
• Make sure blower wheel is tight on shaft
• Perform motor/control replacement check
Motor oscillates up
& down while being
tested off of blower
• It is normal for motor to oscillate with no load
on shaft
Motor starts, but
runs erratically
• Varies up and down
• Check line voltage for variation or “sag”
or intermittent
• Check low voltage connections
(G, Y, W, R, C) at motor, unseated pins in
motor harness connectors
• Check “Bk” for erratic CFM command (in
variable-speed applications)
• Check out system controls, Thermostat
• Perform Moisture Check
Cause/Procedure
• Noisy blower or cabinet• Check for loose blower housing, panels, etc.
• High static creating high blower speed?
- Check for air whistling through seams in
ducts, cabinets or panels
- Check for cabinet/duct deformation
• “Hunts” or “puffs” at• Does removing panel or filter reduce
high CFM (speed)
“puffing”?
- Reduce restriction
- Reduce max. airflow
Evidence of Moisture
• Motor failure or malfunction has occurred
and moisture is present
• Evidence of moisture
present inside air mover
Do
• Replace motor and Perform Moisture Check
• Perform Moisture Check
Don’t
• Check out motor, controls,• Automatically assume the motor is bad.
wiring and connections
thoroughly before replacing
motor
• Orient connectors down so • Locate connectors above 7 and 4 o’clock
water can’t get in
positions
- Install “drip loops”
• Use authorized motor and • Replace one motor or control model # with
model #’s for replacement
another (unless an authorized replacement)
• Keep static pressure to a • Use high pressure drop filters some have ½"
minimum:
H20 drop!
- Recommend high
• Use restricted returns
efficiency, low static filters
- Recommend keeping filters
clean.
- Design ductwork for min.
static, max. comfort
- Look for and recommend
ductwork improvement,
where necessary
• Size the equipment wisely • Oversize system, then compensate with low
airflow
• Check orientation before
• Plug in power connector backwards
inserting motor connectors • Force plugs
• “Hunts” or “puffs” at
high CFM (speed)
• Does removing panel or filter reduce
“puffing”?
- Reduce restriction
- Reduce max airflow
• Stays at low CFM
despite system call
for cool or heat CFM
• Check low voltage (Thermostat) wires and
connections
• Verify fan is not in delay mode; wait until
delay complete
• “R” missing/not connected at motor
• Perform motor/control replacement check
• Connectors are oriented “down” (or as recommended by equipment
manufacturer)
• Arrange harness with “drip loop” under motor
• Is condensate drain plugged?
• Check for low airflow (too much latent capacity)
• Check for undercharged condition
• Check and plug leaks in return ducts, cabinet
• Stays at high CFM
• “R” missing/not connected at motor
• Is fan in delay mode? - wait until delay time
complete
• Perform motor/control replacement check
Comfort Check
• Blower won’t shut off
• Current leakage from controls into G, Y or W?
Check for Triac switched thermostat or solidstate relay
Excessive noise
• Air noise
• Determine if it’s air noise, cabinet, duct or
motor noise; interview customer, if necessary
• High static creating high blower speed?
- Is airflow set properly?
- Does removing filter cause blower to slow
down? Check filter
- Use low-pressure drop filter
- Check/correct duct restrictions
Moisture Check
• Check proper airflow settings
• Low static pressure for lowest noise
• Set low continuous-fan CFM
• Use humidistat and 2-speed cooling units
• Use zoning controls designed for ECM that regulate CFM
• Thermostat in bad location?
Manual2100-549H
Page
55 of 59
TROUBLESHOOTING INDOOR ECM™ BLOWER MOTORS (Cont’d.)
Replacing ECM Control Module
To replace the control module for the GE variable-speed indoor blower
motor you need to take the following steps:
1. You MUST have the correct replacement module. The controls are
factory programmed for specific operating modes. Even though they look
alike, different modules may have completely different functionality.
USING THE WRONG CONTROL MODULE VOIDS ALL PRODUCT
WARRANTIES AND MAY PRODUCE UNEXPECTED RESULTS.
2. Begin by removing AC power from the unit being serviced. DO NOT
WORK ON THE MOTOR WITH AC POWER APPLIED. To avoid
electric shock from the motor’s capacitors, disconnect power and wait at
least 5 minutes before opening motor.
3. It is not necessary to remove the motor from the blower assembly, nor
the blower assembly from the unit. Unplug the two cable connectors to the
motor control assembly. There are latches on each connector. DO NOT
PULL ON THE WIRES. The plugs remove easily when properly released.
4. Locate the screws that retain to the motor control bracket to the sheet
metal of the unit and remove them. Remove two (2) nuts that retain
the control to the bracket and then remove two (2) nuts that retain sheet
metal motor control end plate. Refer to Figure 30.
5. Disconnect the three (3) wires interior of the motor control by using
your thumb and forefinger squeezing the latch tab and the opposite side
of the connector plug, gently pulling the connector. DO NOT PULL ON
THE WIRES, GRIP THE PLUG ONLY. Refer to Figure 30.
6. The control module is now completely detached from the motor.
Verify with a standard ohmmeter that the resistance from each motor
lead (in the motor plug just removed) to the motor shell is >100K ohms.
Refer to Figure 31. (Measure to unpainted motor end plate.) If any
motor lead fails this test, do not proceed to install the control module.
THE MOTOR IS DEFECTIVE AND MUST BE REPLACED.
Installing the new control module will cause it to fail also.
7. Verify that the replacement control is correct for your application.
Refer to the manufacturer’s authorized replacement list. USING THE
WRONG CONTROL WILL RESULT IN IMPROPER OR NO
BLOWER OPERATION. Orient the control module so that the 3-wire
motor plug can be inserted into the socket in the control. Carefully insert
the plug and press it into the socket until it latches. A SLIGHT CLICK
WILL BE HEARD WHEN PROPERLY INSERTED.
8. Reverse the steps #5, 4, 3 to reconnect the motor control to the
motor wires, securing the motor control cover plate, mounting the
control to the bracket, and mounting the motor control bracket back
into the unit. MAKE SURE THE ORIENTATION YOU SELECT
FOR REPLACING THE CONTROL ASSURES THE CONTROL’S
CABLE CONNECTORS WILL BE LOCATED DOWNWARD
IN THE APPLICATION SO THAT WATER CANNOT RUN
DOWN THE CABLES AND INTO THE CONTROL. DO NOT
OVERTIGHTEN THE BOLTS.
9. Plug the 16-pin control plug into the motor. The plug is keyed.
Make sure the connector is properly seated and latched.
10. Plug the 5-pin power connector into the motor. Even though the
plug is keyed, OBSERVE THE PROPER ORIENTATION. DO NOT
FORCE THE CONNECTOR. It plugs in very easily when properly
oriented. REVERSING THIS PLUG WILL CAUSE IMMEDIATE
FAILURE OF THE CONTROL MODULE.
11. Final installation check. Make sure the motor is installed as follows:
a.Motor connectors should be oriented between the 4 o’clock and 8 o’clock positions when the control is positioned in its final location and orientation.
b.Add a drip loop to the cables so that water cannot enter the motor by draining down the cables. Refer to Figure 32.
The installation is now complete. Reapply the AC power to the HVAC
equipment and verify that the new motor control module is working
properly. Follow the manufacturer’s procedures for disposition of the
old control module.
Figure 4
31
Figure
Winding Test
Figure
30 3
Figure
Control Disassembly
Motor Connector
(3-pin)
Only remove
From Motor
Hex Head Bolts Push until
Latch Seats
Over Ramp
Circuit
Board
Motor
ECM 2.0
Motor OK when
R > 100k ohm
Note:
Use the shorter
bolts and
alignment pin
supplied when
replacing an
ECM 2.0
control.
Figure
Figure32
5
Drip Loop
ECM
2.3/2.5
Motor Connector
(3-pin)
Hex-head Screws
Manual2100-549H
Page 56 of 59
Back of
Control
Connector Orientation
Between 4 and 8 o'clock
Control Connector
(16-pin)
Power Connector
(5-pin)
Drip Loop
TROUBLESHOOTING ECM™ BLOWER MOTORS (Cont’d.)
MODE of
OPERATION
OFF
Continuous
Blower
Thermostat
24 VAC
Inuput Signals
—
"G"
Pin #1
(Ventilation
Mode)
Part Load
Cooling
Full Load
Cooling
"G",
"Y1","Y2"
"G",
"Y1","Y2"
Dehum.
Mode
(when
equipped)
"D"
Part
Load
Heat
Pump
Full
Load
Heat
Pump
"G", "B",
"Y1"
"G", "B",
"Y1", "Y2"
Heat Pump
Full Load w/
1st Bank of
Elec. Heat
"G", "Y1",
"Y2", "B",
"W1"
Heat Pump
Full Load w/
1st & 2nd Bank
of Elec. Heat
Emergency
Heat Mode
"G", "Y1",
"Y2", "B",
"W2", "W3"
"G",
"W2", "W3"
24 VAC "C" (Common) Signal, Always Energized
Pin #2
X
Pin #3
24 VAC "C" (Common) Signal, Always Energized
Pin #4
Not Used
Pin #5
Not Used
Pin #6
X
Pin #7
Not Used
Pin #8
Not Used
X
X
Pin #9
Pin #10
Not Used
Pin #11
Not Used
Pin #12
24 VAC Hot "R" Signal, Always Energized
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Pin #13
X
Pin #14
Pin #15
Pin #16
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Not Used
FIGURE 33
CONTROL CONNECTOR MOTOR HALF
9
1
POWER CONNECTOR
PWB HEADER
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
2
3
4
5
6
7
PIN
8
1
*
AMP 1-350945-0
Description
2
Jumper Pin 1 to Pin 2 for 120VAC
Line Input Only **
3
Chassis Ground
4
AC Line
5
AC Line
Suggested mating connector
Housing — AMP 350809-1
Contact — AMP 350537-1
** WARNING — Applying 240VAC line input with PIN 1 to PIN 2 jumper in place will permanently damage unit!
MIS-2839
POWER CONNECTOR
MOTOR HALF
1
2
3
4
5
FAN BLADE SETTING DIMENSIONS
The position of the fan blade should be flush with the
leaving face of the orifice plate. Check to make sure
the blades do not extend beyond the rear casing of the
unit. Spin the blade by hand to make sure it does not
hit the ring.
REFRIGERANT CHARGE
This unit was charged at the factory with the quantity
of refrigerant listed on the serial plate. AHRI capacity
and efficiency ratings were determined by testing with
this refrigerant charge quantity. The following pressure
tables show nominal pressures and temperatures for the
units. Since many installation specific situations can
affect the pressure readings, this information should
only be used by certified technicians as a guide for
evaluating proper system performance. They shall not
be used to adjust charge. If charge is in doubt, reclaim,
evacuate and recharge the unit to the serial plate charge.
Manual2100-549H
Page
57 of 59
TABLE 10A
FULL LOAD COOLING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
Model
I30H1
I36H1
I42H1
I48H1
I60H1
AIR TEMPERATURE ENTERING OUTDOOR COIL °F
Return Air
Temp.
Pressure
55°
60°
65°
70°
75°
80°
85°
90°
95°
100°
105°
110°
115°
120°
125°
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
117
202
118
224
120
246
121
267
123
289
124
310
126
332
128
354
129
375
130
399
132
423
133
448
135
472
136
496
137
520
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
130
201
131
225
133
248
134
271
136
294
139
315
140
345
141
362
142
386
144
411
145
436
147
461
148
486
150
510
151
535
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
145
210
146
233
148
256
149
278
151
301
152
323
154
346
156
369
157
391
159
416
160
442
162
467
164
492
165
517
167
542
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
126
209
127
231
129
252
130
274
131
295
132
317
134
338
135
360
136
381
137
405
138
429
139
452
141
476
142
500
143
524
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
139
208
140
231
142
254
143
277
144
300
146
327
147
358
148
370
149
392
150
417
152
441
153
466
154
490
155
515
157
539
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
154
217
155
240
157
262
158
285
159
307
160
330
162
352
163
375
164
397
165
422
167
447
168
471
170
496
171
521
172
540
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
122
218
123
238
125
258
127
279
128
299
130
319
131
339
133
360
134
380
135
404
136
428
137
452
138
476
139
500
140
524
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
134
217
136
239
138
260
139
282
141
304
142
326
144
355
146
369
147
391
148
416
149
440
150
465
151
490
152
514
153
539
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
139
226
140
247
142
269
143
290
144
311
145
332
147
353
148
375
149
396
150
421
151
446
152
471
153
496
154
521
155
546
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
125
203
126
225
127
248
128
271
129
293
129
316
130
339
131
361
132
384
134
411
135
437
136
464
138
491
139
517
140
544
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
136
208
138
231
139
254
140
276
141
299
143
321
144
351
145
367
147
390
148
417
150
444
151
471
153
498
154
526
156
553
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
148
215
149
238
151
261
153
284
154
307
156
331
158
354
159
377
161
400
162
428
164
456
166
484
167
512
169
539
171
567
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
123
218
124
241
124
265
125
289
126
312
127
336
128
360
129
383
129
407
131
434
132
462
133
489
134
516
135
544
136
571
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
134
224
135
248
137
271
138
295
139
319
140
341
141
373
142
389
143
413
145
441
146
469
147
497
148
524
150
552
151
580
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
146
231
147
255
148
279
150
303
151
327
153
352
154
376
156
400
157
424
159
453
160
481
161
510
163
538
164
567
166
595
55°
60°
65°
70°
TABLE 10B
FULL LOAD HEATING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
Model
Return Air
Temp.
AIR TEMPERATURE ENTERING OUTDOOR COIL °F
Pressure
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
30°
35°
40°
45°
50°
I30H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
I36H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
30
244
38
252
45
259
52
267
59
275
67
283
74
290
81
298
89
305
97
311
105
320
112
328
120
337
127
345
135
354
I42H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
34
255
40
263
47
271
54
278
60
286
67
294
74
301
81
309
88
314
95
319
102
325
109
331
116
337
123
343
130
349
I48H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
33
268
40
276
47
285
54
293
60
301
67
309
74
318
81
326
89
334
97
342
106
349
114
356
122
363
130
370
138
377
I60H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
38
290
42
294
46
297
50
300
54
303
58
306
63
310
67
313
80
335
94
357
102
366
110
375
118
384
127
393
135
402
Manual2100-549H
Page 58 of 59
33
247
40
257
48
267
55
277
63
287
70
296
78
306
85
316
91
317
98
319
107
345
116
371
125
398
134
424
143
451
TABLE 11A
PART LOAD COOLING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
Model
I30H1
I36H1
I42H1
I48H1
I60H1
AIR TEMPERATURE ENTERING OUTDOOR COIL °F
Return Air
Temp.
Pressure
55°
60°
65°
70°
75°
80°
85°
90°
95°
100°
105°
110°
115°
120°
125°
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
127
184
128
206
129
227
129
249
130
270
131
292
132
313
133
334
134
356
135
380
137
403
138
427
140
451
141
475
143
498
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
141
187
141
209
142
231
143
252
143
274
144
293
144
322
145
338
146
361
147
385
149
409
151
433
152
457
154
481
156
505
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
154
194
154
216
155
237
156
259
156
280
157
302
157
323
158
344
159
366
161
390
162
415
164
439
166
464
168
488
170
512
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
131
188
133
209
134
230
136
250
137
271
139
292
140
313
142
333
143
354
144
378
145
403
146
427
148
452
149
476
150
500
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
145
191
146
212
148
233
149
254
150
275
152
295
153
323
154
338
155
359
156
384
158
409
159
433
160
458
161
483
163
508
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
158
198
159
219
161
240
162
260
163
281
164
302
166
323
167
343
168
364
169
389
171
414
172
439
173
464
175
489
176
515
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
126
192
128
212
130
233
132
253
134
274
136
294
138
315
139
335
141
356
142
379
143
402
144
426
145
449
146
472
147
496
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
140
195
141
216
143
236
145
257
146
278
148
299
150
326
151
340
153
361
154
384
155
408
156
432
157
455
158
479
159
503
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
144
202
145
223
147
243
148
264
150
284
151
304
152
325
154
345
155
366
156
390
157
414
158
438
159
462
160
486
161
510
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
129
183
130
205
131
226
132
248
133
269
133
291
134
313
135
334
136
356
137
381
139
407
140
432
142
458
143
484
144
509
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
140
187
141
209
142
230
144
252
145
274
146
295
148
324
149
339
151
361
152
387
154
413
155
439
157
465
158
491
160
517
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
154
189
155
212
157
234
158
257
160
280
161
303
162
325
164
348
165
371
167
397
168
424
170
451
172
477
173
504
175
530
75° DB
62° WB
Low Side
High Side
127
196
127
218
128
240
128
261
129
283
130
305
130
326
131
348
131
370
133
396
134
422
135
448
136
474
137
500
139
526
80° DB
67° WB
Low Side
High Side
137
200
138
222
139
244
140
266
142
288
142
310
143
339
144
353
146
375
147
402
148
428
150
454
151
481
152
507
154
534
85° DB
72° WB
Low Side
High Side
152
203
153
226
153
249
154
271
155
294
156
317
157
340
158
363
159
385
161
412
162
440
164
467
165
494
167
521
168
548
55°
60°
65°
70°
TABLE 11B
PART LOAD HEATING PRESSURE/TEMPERATURE
Model
Return Air
Temp.
AIR TEMPERATURE ENTERING OUTDOOR COIL °F
Pressure
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
30°
35°
40°
45°
50°
I30H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
40
239
47
249
54
258
61
268
68
278
75
288
83
297
90
307
97
311
104
315
115
328
125
341
135
353
146
366
156
378
I36H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
36
233
44
241
51
248
58
255
65
262
73
270
80
277
87
284
96
292
104
299
114
307
123
315
133
322
142
330
152
338
I42H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
37
242
45
250
52
258
60
265
67
273
75
281
82
288
90
296
96
303
103
309
110
316
118
323
126
331
134
338
142
345
I48H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
35
265
43
271
51
277
59
282
67
288
75
293
83
299
92
305
98
318
105
331
115
340
124
348
134
357
143
365
153
374
I60H1
70° DB
Low Side
High Side
38
263
45
272
52
281
60
291
67
300
74
309
82
318
89
327
96
336
104
345
113
356
122
366
131
377
140
387
149
398
Manual2100-549H
Page
59 of 59
I-TEC® I30H-I60H 2-Stage Compressor
High Efficiency Air Source Heat Pumps
Cooling Capacities: 22,800 to 54,000 Btuh Heating Capacities: 19,800 to 54,000 Btuh
The Bard I-TEC Indoor Heat Pump system is designed for classrooms and other similar applications demanding high efficiency and the lowest
possible sound levels that are practical and achievable, and also accommodates the over-the-window sill requirement for many replacement projects
on older school buildings. The I-TEC Series meets that challenge with many innovative design features resulting in a highly refined appearance while
at the same time improving on the very important maintenance and serviceability features needed by the facilities maintenance and service staffs.
I-TEC Standard Features
• Double wall construction, 20-ga. exterior skin, no visible fasteners
• No fiberglass insulation
• Hinged, lockable, removable doors
• Removable sides and modularized construction for transporting through
standard doors or in elevators allows installation on second and third floor
• Suitable for any floor installations
• Can be installed in left or right corners with no modifications
• Non-corrosive drainpans with no standing water
• 2-Stage scroll compressors with discharge muffler, double floating
isolation mounting system, and sound muffling cover
• R-410A Green Refrigerant
• Heating and cooling thermostatic expansion valves
• Extra large full width control panel for easy access to all controls
• Circuit Breakers on 230V models, and Toggle Disconnect on 460V
• Evaporator coils constructed with hydrophilic fin stock with the following advantages:
 Acrylic coating
 Wettable surface with low contact angle – no bead-up condensate,
lower wet-coil air-side pressure drop, improved draining & lower
re-entrainment of moisture back into the air stream in continuous
blower operating modes
 Antimicrobial properties provide microbial resistance to fungicidal growth
 Resistant to Mold and Mildew, ASTM D3273 – no growth
 Seals fin surface against aluminum oxide formation
• 24VAC 75VA control transformer with circuit breaker
•
• 24VAC low-voltage terminal strip for thermostat or DDC control
• ECM indoor and outdoor motors
• Modulating outdoor fan motor and low ambient control
•
• Modulating indoor fan motor for constant CFM in different operating
modes up to 0.50" ESP
•
• High and Low Pressure switches with lockout circuit
• Electronic heat pump control board with diagnostics
•
• Liquid line filter/drier
• Readily accessible service ports located behind locking hinged doors
• Pleated 2" MERV 8 filter
•
• Designed for over-the-window sill wall penetration and has 3" vertical
adjustment for wall sleeve attachment
Units designed to be flush to a smooth interior wall and not
require trim kits by use of adjustable wall sleeves; Trim Kits
available where required
Low sound levels are achieved by numerous system design
innovations including special acoustical insulation
Installation flexibility. Can be installed in corner applications
with one side against a wall.
Condensate overflow detection system with diagnostics
monitors equipment and shuts down compressor to prevent
condensate overflow.
Freezestat on indoor coil safeguards against indoor coil freeze
up by shutting down the compressor.
I-TEC Optional Features & Accessories
Four Ventilation Options:
Both ERV and CRV have ECM motors, filter system, and positive shut-off.
Energy Recovery Ventilator (ERV) is designed for both modulating or fixed
supply and exhaust airflow operation depending upon environmental controls
used, and has positive shutoff on intake and exhaust sides when unoccupied.
• Modulating mode requires CO2 controller, has intake rate that is higher than
exhaust, and has optional minimum CFM to address building IAQ requirements.
The system modulates to maintain selected maximum CO2 level.
• Fixed mode can be used with thermostat or DDC that has a dedicated
Occupied output that is ON during Occupied and OFF during Unoccupied.
Intake and exhaust rates can be independently adjusted.
Commercial Room Ventilator (CRV Option M) is a fan powered ventilation
package to manage intake & exhaust air at fixed rates but without energy
recovery capability.
• The rates are: 300-375-450-525 CFM, are independently selectable &
has positive shutoff on intake and exhaust sides when unoccupied.
• Requires control system that has a dedicated ventilation control output to
be ON during Occupied and OFF during Unoccupied. CO2 controller with
ON/OFF output relay can be used.
• Factory setting is 375 CFM balanced to meet pressurization requirements
of ASHRAE.
Commercial Room Ventilator (CRV Option N) is same as CRV Option M and also
has a free-cooling economizer mode that can provide up to 525 CFM when the
outdoor ambient temperature is below the set point of the outdoor thermostat.
Commercial Room Ventilator (CRV Option Q) is modulating
design that requires 0-10Vdc control signal from CO2 controller.
Other Options:
• Dehumidification (hot gas reheat) models
• Low Ampacity Models available
• Hot water coil packages, both Duct-Free and Ducted
versions available.
Accessories: See Page 9 & 10.
ERV
MIS-3741
CRV
MIS-3742
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
1 of 18
Specifications - 2½ through 3½ Ton
MODELS
ELECTRICAL RATING--60 HZ
I30H1-A
I30H1-B
I30H1-C
I36H1-A
I36H1-B
I36H1-C
I42H1-A
I42H1-B
I42H1-C
230/208-1 230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1 230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1 230/208-3
460-3
197-253
414-506
197-253
414-506
197-253
414-506
Volts
230/208-1 230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1 230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1 230/208-3
460-3
Rated Load Amps (230/208)
10.0/11.5
7.4/8.4
4.2
11.1/13
8.5/9.9
4.9
13.8/15.6
11.0/12.4
5.5
13.1
8.7
4.3
15.3
11.7
5.8
18.0
14.2
6.3
73
58
28
83
73
38
96
88
44
Operating Voltage Range
COMPRESSOR
Branch Circuit Selection Current
Locked Rotor Amps
ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR
Volts
Full Load Amps (3-motors)
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
2.2
2.2
2.2
FAN MOTOR – ECM
Horsepower
Volts
Full Load Amps
+ CFM
1/3
1/3
1/3
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
1.7
2.6
2.6
1950
2300
2300
BLOWER MOTOR – ECM
Horsepower
Volts
Full Load Amps
1/3
1/2
1/2
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
1.9
2.5
2.5
+ CFM @ rating points, will modulate based upon O.D. ambient.
Specifications - 4 and 5 Ton
MODELS
ELECTRICAL RATING--60 HZ
I48H1-A
I48H1-B
230/208-1
230/208-3
Operating Voltage Range
197-253
I48H1-C
I60H1-A
I60H1-B
460-3
230/208-1
230/208-3
414-506
197-253
I60H1-C
460-3
414-506
COMPRESSOR
Volts
230/208-1
230/208-3
460-3
230/208-1
230/208-3
460-3
Rated Load Amps (230/208)
15.6/17.5
10.4/11.6
5.4
22/23.4
13.4/14.3
6.3
19.9
11.6
6.4
27.2
16.6
7.2
104.0
83.1
41
152.9
110.0
52.0
Branch Circuit Selection Current
Locked Rotor Amps
ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR
Volts
Full Load Amps (3-motors)
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
2.2
2.2
FAN MOTOR – ECM
Horsepower
Volts
Full Load Amps
+ CFM
1/2
1/2
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
3.2
3.2
2600
2600
1/2
3/4
230/208-60-1
230/208-60-1
3.2
4.4
BLOWER MOTOR – ECM
Horsepower
Volts
Full Load Amps
+ CFM @ rating points, will modulate based upon O.D. ambient.
• Complies with efficiency requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2013.
• Certified to ANSI/ARI Standard 390-2003 for SPVU (Single Package Vertical Units).
• Intertek ETL Listed to Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment ANSI/UL
1995/CSA 22.2 No. 236-05, Fourth Edition.
• Intertek ETL Listed to Standard for Gas-Fired Central Furnaces ANSI Z21.47-2006, CSA 2.3-2006 Fifth Edition, Addenda A dated 10-01-2007, Addenda B dated 06-01-2008.
• Commercial Product - Not intended for Residential application.
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
2 of 18
Capacity and Efficiency Ratings (Stage 2) Full Load Operation
MODELS
I30H1
I36H1
I42H1
I48H1
I60H1
Cooling BTUH, Full Load Capacity, 95-80/67
EER j
Rated CFM
27,800
11.7
900
35,000
12.0
1150
41,500
12.0
1300
47,000
12.0
1500
54,000
10.7
1700
15.4
16.5
15.7
16.1
14.1
26,600
3.6
900
32,800
3.7
1150
38,500
3.7
1300
44,500
3.7
1500
54,000
3.5
1700
IPLV (Integrated Full & Part Load) k 80-80/67
Heating BTUH, Full Load Capacity 47/43-70
COP l
Rated CFM
Capacity and Efficiency Ratings (Stage 1) Part Load Operation
MODELS
I30H1
I36H1
I42H1
I48H1
I60H1
Cooling BTUH, Part Load Capacity, 80-80/67
EER j
Rated CFM
22,800
15.4
650
27,600
16.6
850
32,000
16.15
950
36,000
16.2
1050
41,000
14.55
1200
Heating BTUH, Part Load Capacity 47/43-70
COP l
Rated CFM
19,800
3.5
650
22,800
3.6
850
27,000
3.6
950
30,500
3.6
1050
36,500
3.4
1200
 EER = Energy Efficiency Ratio - BTU/WATT efficiency
 IPLV = Integrated Part Load Value - BTU/WATT efficiency (combines full and part load performance)
 COP = Coefficient of Performance - BTU/WATT efficiency
Indoor Blower Performance j
Rated
ESP.
Max.
ESP
k
Continuous
CFM
Rated
2nd Stage
CFM
Rated
1st Stage
CFM
l
5-9 KW
CFM
m
13.5-18 KW
CFM
I30H1
0.15
0.50
500
900
650
700
1050
I36H1
0.15
0.50
600
1150
850
700
1050
I42H1
0.20
0.50
650
1300
950
700
1050
I48H1
0.20
0.50
725
1500
1050
700
1400
I60H1
0.20
0.50
850
1700
1200
700
1400
Model
Motor will deliver consistent CFM through voltage supply range with no deterioration.
Continous fan CFM is the total air being circulated during continuous fan mode.
Will operate @ rated Full Load Airflow when operating with Heat Pump.
Will occur automatically with a call for "W3" or "Emergency Heat" signal from thermostat (Heat Pump Operation is terminated @ this condition).
Unit Weights
MODELS
NO VENT
CRV
ERV
MODELS
NO VENT
CRV
ERV
I30H1-A
816
908
943
I30H1DA
830
920
955
I30H1-B
816
908
943
I30H1DB
830
920
955
I30H1-C
851
943
978
I30H1DC
865
955
990
I36H1-A
846
938
973
I36H1DA
858
950
985
I36H1-B
846
938
973
I36H1DB
858
950
985
I36H1-C
881
973
1008
I36H1DC
893
985
1020
I42H1-A
896
988
1023
I42H1DA
908
1000
1035
I42H1-B
896
988
1023
I42H1DB
908
1000
1035
I42H1-C
931
1023
1058
I42H1DC
943
1035
1070
I48H1-A
884
976
1011
I48H1DA
930
1022
1057
I48H1-B
884
976
1011
I48H1DB
930
1022
1057
I48H1-C
919
1011
1046
I48H1DC
965
1057
1092
I60H1-A
931
1023
1058
I60H1DA
943
1035
1070
I60H1-B
931
1023
1058
I60H1DB
943
1035
1070
I60H1-C
966
1058
1093
I60H1DC
978
1070
1105
Deduct 49# from all values for installed weight.
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
3 of 18
Factory Built-in Electric Heat Table
Model
Voltage
Phase
-A04
240/208
1
-A05
240/208
-A10
240/208
-A15
-A20
KW
Amps
BTUH
240
208
240
208
240
208
4
3
16.7
14.4
13,652
10,239
1
5.00
3.75
20.8
18.0
17,065
12,799
1
10.00
7.50
41.7
36.1
34,130
25,598
240/208
1
15.00
11.25
62.5
54.1
51,195
38,396
240/208
1
20.00
15.00
83.3
72.1
68,260
51,195
-B06
240/208
3
6.00
4.50
14.4
12.5
20,478
15,359
-B09
240/208
3
9.00
6.75
21.7
18.7
30,717
23,038
-B15
240/208
3
15.00
11.25
36.1
31.2
51,195
38,396
-B18
240/208
3
18.00
13.50
43.3
37.5
61,434
46,076
Model
Voltage
Phase
-C06
480
3
-C09
480
3
-C15
480
3
-C18
480
3
18.00
KW
Amps
BTUH
480V
460V
480V
460V
480V
460V
6.00
5.52
7.2
6.9
20,478
18,840
9.00
8.28
10.8
10.4
30,717
28,260
15.00
13.80
18.0
17.3
51,195
47,099
16.56
21.7
20.8
61,434
56,519
NOTE: Not all KW's available in all models. See Minimum Circuit Ampacity and Maximum Overcurrent Protection table on following page.
Optional IHWC Hot Water Coil Performance
GPM
CFM
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
1600
1700
1.5
32,000
32,667
33,333
34,000
34,500
35,000
35,500
36,000
36,400
36,750
2
42,000
43,200
44,400
45,600
46,400
47,200
48,000
48,500
49,000
49,500
3
49,000
51,667
53,750
57,000
59,400
61,750
64,000
65,200
66,000
67,000
4
56,000
59,000
62,000
65,000
69,000
73,000
77,000
79,500
82,000
84,000
5
59,000
62,583
66,167
69,750
72,833
75,917
79,000
81,000
83,000
85,000
6
62,000
66,167
70,333
74,500
77,000
79,500
82,000
83,500
85,000
86,500
7
63,500
67,708
71,917
76,125
78,917
81,708
84,500
86,500
88,000
89,200
8
65,000
69,250
73,500
77,750
80,833
83,917
87,000
88,900
90,500
91,750
9
66,000
70,525
75,050
79,575
82,883
86,192
89,500
91,500
93,000
94,500
10
67,000
71,800
76,600
81,400
84,933
88,467
92,000
94,500
96,000
97,500
Hot Water Coil Correction Factors
Entering
Air Temp
(F)
Entering Water Temperature (F)
100
110
120
130
140
150
160
170
180
190
200
50
0.455
0.545
0.636
0.727
0.818
0.909
1.000
1.091
1.182
1.273
1.364
55
0.409
0.500
0.591
0.682
0.773
0.864
0.955
1.045
1.136
1.227
1.318
60
0.363
0.455
0.545
0.636
0.727
0.818
0.909
1.000
1.091
1.182
1.273
65
0.318
0.409
0.500
0.591
0.682
0.773
0.864
0.955
1.045
1.136
1.227
70
0.272
0.363
0.455
0.545
0.636
0.727
0.818
0.909
1.000
1.091
1.182
75
0.227
0.318
0.409
0.500
0.591
0.682
0.773
0.864
0.955
1.045
1.136
80
0.182
0.272
0.363
0.455
0.545
0.636
0.727
0.818
0.909
1.000
1.091
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
4 of 18
Minimum Circuit Ampacity & Maximum Overcurrent Protection – Std. & Dehum.
Single Circuit
Rated
Volts,
Hertz &
Phase
Dual Circuit
No.
Field
Power
Circuits
Minimum
Circuit
Ampacity
Maximum
External
Fuse or
Ckt. Brkr.
Field
Power
Wire Size
Ground
Wire
230/208-1
1
1
1 or 2
22
48
74
35
50
80
8
8
4
10
10
8
I30H1-B0Z
B06
B09
230/208-3
1
1
1
17
35
44
25
35
45
10
8
8
10
10
10
I30H1-C0Z
C06
C09
460-3
1
1
1
9
18
22
10
20
25
14
12
10
14
12
10
I36H1-A0Z
A05
A10
j A15
230/208-1
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
26
52
78
84
40
60
80
90
8
6
4
4
10
10
8
8
I36H1-B0Z
B06
B09
j B15
230/208-3
1
1
1
1
22
40
49
51
30
45
50
60
10
8
8
6
10
10
10
10
I36H1-C0Z
C06
C09
j C15
460-3
1
1
1
1
11
20
24
28
15
20
25
30
14
12
10
10
14
12
10
10
I42H1-A0Z
A05
A10
j A15
230/208-1
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
30
56
82
82
45
60
90
90
8
6
4
4
10
10
8
8
I42H1-B0Z
B06
B09
j B15
230/208-3
1
1
1
1
25
43
52
52
35
50
60
60
10
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
I42H1-C0Z
C06
C09
j C15
460-3
1
1
1
1
12
21
26
28
15
25
30
30
14
10
10
10
14
10
10
10
34
54
59
85
85
110
50
60
70
90
90
110
8
6
6
3
3
2
10
10
8
8
8
6
230/208-3
1
1
1
1
1
26
44
53
53
53
35
50
60
60
60
10
8
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
460-3
1
1
1
1
1
12
21
26
26
26
15
30
30
30
30
14
10
10
10
10
14
10
10
10
10
44
70
96
96
112
60
80
100
100
120
8
4
3
3
2
230/208-3
1
1
1
1
2
31
49
58
58
–
45
60
60
60
–
460-3
1
1
1
1
1
15
25
29
29
29
20
30
30
30
30
MODEL
I30H1-A0Z
A05
A10
I48H1-A0Z
A04
A05
A10
j A15
j A20
I48H1-B0Z
B06
B09
j B15
j B18
I48H1-C0Z
C06
C09
j C15
j C18
I60H1-A0Z
A05
A10
j A15
j A20
I60H1-B0Z
B06
B09
j B15
j B18
I60H1-C0Z
C06
C09
j C15
j C18
230/208-1
230/208-1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
or
or
or
or
1
or
or
or
or
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Minimum
Circuit
Ampacity
Maximum
External
Fuse or Ckt.
Breaker
Field Power
Wire Size
Ground Wire
Size
Ckt. A
Ckt. B
Ckt. A
Ckt. B
Ckt. A
Ckt. B
Ckt. A
Ckt. B
48
30
50
30
8
10
10
10
26
26
52
52
40
40
60
60
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
56
56
26
52
60
60
30
60
6
6
8
6
10
10
10
10
35
35
35
59
26
52
52
52
45
45
45
60
30
60
60
60
8
8
8
6
10
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
8
6
44
44
44
60
26
52
52
52
60
60
60
60
30
60
60
60
8
8
8
6
10
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
6
6
–
10
10
10
10
–
31
54
45
60
8
6
10
10
12
10
10
10
10
12
10
10
10
10
These “Minimum Circuit Ampacity” values are to be used for sizing the field power conductors. Refer to the National Electric Code (latest revision), Article 310 for power
conductor sizing.
Caution: When more than one field power conductor circuit is run through one conduit, the conductors must be derated. Pay special attention to note 8 of table 310
regarding Ampacity Adjustment Factors when more than three (3) current carrying conductors are in a raceway.
Maximum size of the time delay fuse or HVAC type circuit breaker for protection of field wiring conductors.
Based on 75°C copper wire. All wiring must conform to the National Electrical Code and all local codes.
Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump is 10KW for 1-Phase and 9KW for 3-Phase.
Form No
S3451-1016
 Represents Electric Heat only. Electric Control Circuit will lock-out Heat Pump Operation.
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
5 of 18
Cooling Full Load Application Data 
Model
I30H1
I36H1
I42H1
I48H1
I60H1
D.B. /
W.B. k
COOLING
CAPACITY
60°F
65°F
70°F
75°F
80°F
85°F
90°F
95°F
100°F
105°F
110°F
115°F
120°F
125°F
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
30,764 30,056 29,349 28,641 27,934 27,226 26,519 25,812 24,976 24,140 23,305 22,469 21,633 20,798
23,517 23,129 22,741 22,352 21,964 21,575 21,187 20,799 20,596 20,393 20,191 19,988 19,785 19,583
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
33,488 32,675 31,863 31,050 30,200 29,388 28,613 27,800 26,900 26,000 25,100 24,200 23,300 22,400
23,981 23,488 22,994 22,500 22,000 21,506 21,019 20,525 20,325 20,125 19,925 19,725 19,525 19,325
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
35,990 35,372 34,754 34,136 33,518 32,900 32,282 31,664 30,639 29,614 28,589 27,564 26,539 25,514
23,806 23,272 22,738 22,204 21,671 21,137 20,603 20,069 19,873 19,678 19,482 19,287 19,091 18,896
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
39,013 38,161 37,310 36,459 35,608 34,756 33,905 33,054 31,800 30,547 29,293 28,040 26,787 25,533
30,182 29,782 29,383 28,983 28,584 28,184 27,785 27,385 26,853 26,321 25,789 25,257 24,725 24,193
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
42,469 41,488 40,506 39,525 38,500 37,519 36,581 35,000 34,250 32,900 31,550 30,200 28,850 27,500
30,788 30,250 29,713 29,175 28,600 28,063 27,563 27,025 26,500 25,975 25,450 24,925 24,400 23,875
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
45,632 44,906 44,180 43,454 42,727 42,001 41,275 40,548 39,011 37,473 35,935 34,398 32,860 31,323
30,567 29,975 29,384 28,792 28,200 27,608 27,016 26,424 25,911 25,398 24,884 24,371 23,858 23,344
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
46,865 45,740 44,616 43,492 42,368 41,244 40,120 38,996 38,006 37,015 36,025 35,035 34,045 33,054
35,042 34,686 34,331 33,975 33,620 33,264 32,909 32,553 32,198 31,843 31,488 31,133 30,778 30,423
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
51,013 49,725 48,438 47,150 44,500 43,213 43,288 41,500 40,933 39,867 38,800 37,734 36,667 35,601
35,756 35,238 34,719 34,200 32,675 32,156 32,644 32,125 31,775 31,424 31,074 30,723 30,373 30,022
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
54,835 53,836 52,836 51,836 50,837 49,837 48,838 47,838 46,623 45,408 44,194 42,979 41,764 40,549
35,505 34,921 34,336 33,751 33,166 32,581 31,996 31,411 31,068 30,726 30,383 30,040 29,698 29,355
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
51,843 50,512 49,180 47,849 46,517 45,185 43,854 42,522 40,910 39,299 37,687 36,076 34,464 32,852
39,521 38,811 38,101 37,391 36,681 35,971 35,261 34,551 33,856 33,161 32,466 31,771 31,076 30,381
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
56,913 55,497 54,081 52,664 51,000 49,584 48,416 47,000 45,219 43,437 41,656 39,875 38,093 36,312
38,814 38,219 37,624 37,029 35,950 35,355 35,245 34,650 33,953 33,256 32,559 31,862 31,165 30,467
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
54,008 53,712 53,416 53,120 52,823 52,527 52,231 50,408 48,585 46,761 44,938 43,115 41,292 39,469
38,517 37,839 37,162 36,484 35,806 35,129 34,451 33,795 33,138 32,482 31,825 31,169 30,513 29,856
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
61,062 59,318 57,575 55,831 54,087 52,343 50,599 48,855 47,366 45,877 44,387 42,898 41,409 39,919
45,691 44,741 43,790 42,840 41,890 40,939 39,989 39,039 38,482 37,926 37,370 36,813 36,257 35,701
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
67,038 65,175 63,313 61,450 59,588 57,725 55,863 54,000 52,354 50,708 49,062 47,415 45,769 44,123
44,881 44,063 43,244 42,425 41,606 40,788 39,969 39,150 38,592 38,034 37,476 36,918 36,360 35,802
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
72,834 70,739 68,644 66,550 64,455 62,360 60,265 58,170 56,397 54,624 52,851 51,077 49,304 47,531
44,530 43,620 42,710 41,800 40,890 39,980 39,070 38,160 37,616 37,072 36,528 35,985 35,441 34,897
Cooling Part Load Application Data 
Model
I30H1
I36H1
I42H1
I48H1
I60H1
D.B. /
W.B. k
COOLING
CAPACITY
60°F
65°F
70°F
75°F
80°F
85°F
90°F
95°F
100°F
105°F
110°F
115°F
120°F
125°F
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
24,111 23,363 22,615 21,868 21,120 20,372 19,625 18,877 18,212 17,548 16,884 16,219 15,555 14,891
18,256 17,908 17,561 17,214 16,866 16,519 16,172 15,825 15,526 15,227 14,929 14,630 14,332 14,033
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
26,025 25,250 24,475 23,700 22,800 22,025 21,375 22,800 19,875 19,150 18,425 17,700 16,975 16,250
18,000 17,700 17,400 17,100 16,675 16,375 16,200 15,900 15,600 15,300 15,000 14,700 14,400 14,100
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
27,267 26,729 26,190 25,652 25,113 24,575 24,037 23,498 22,671 21,844 21,017 20,190 19,363 18,536
17,242 17,056 16,869 16,683 16,497 16,310 16,124 15,938 15,637 15,336 15,036 14,735 14,434 14,133
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
29,645 28,683 27,720 26,758 25,796 24,833 23,871 22,909 22,233 21,557 20,881 20,206 19,530 18,854
23,790 23,242 22,694 22,146 21,599 21,051 20,503 19,955 19,743 19,532 19,321 19,109 18,898 18,686
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
32,000 31,000 30,000 29,000 27,600 26,600 26,000 27,600 24,263 23,525 22,788 22,050 21,313 20,575
23,463 22,975 22,488 22,000 21,175 20,688 20,538 20,050 19,838 19,625 19,413 19,200 18,988 18,775
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
33,542 32,824 32,106 31,388 30,670 29,953 29,235 28,517 27,676 26,835 25,993 25,152 24,311 23,470
22,488 22,146 21,805 21,463 21,122 20,780 20,439 20,098 19,885 19,672 19,459 19,246 19,033 18,819
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
30,064 29,631 29,198 28,765 28,332 27,899 27,465 27,032 26,091 25,150 24,209 23,268 22,327 21,386
25,169 24,766 24,362 23,958 23,555 23,151 22,747 22,344 22,055 21,767 21,479 21,191 20,903 20,615
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
32,431 32,013 31,594 31,175 32,000 31,581 29,919 32,000 28,473 27,446 26,419 25,392 24,365 23,338
24,813 24,475 24,138 23,800 23,600 23,263 22,788 22,450 22,160 21,871 21,581 21,292 21,002 20,713
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
33,811 33,788 33,765 33,742 33,719 33,696 33,673 33,650 32,479 31,307 30,136 28,964 27,793 26,622
23,757 23,578 23,399 23,220 23,040 22,861 22,682 22,503 22,213 21,923 21,633 21,342 21,052 20,762
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
36,489 35,477 34,465 33,453 32,441 31,429 30,417 29,405 28,404 27,403 26,402 25,401 24,400 23,399
27,440 26,922 26,404 25,886 25,369 24,851 24,333 23,815 23,512 23,210 22,907 22,604 22,302 21,999
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
40,380 39,255 38,129 37,003 36,000 34,874 33,626 32,500 31,394 30,288 29,181 28,075 26,969 25,863
27,189 26,712 26,234 25,756 25,241 24,763 24,323 23,845 23,542 23,239 22,936 22,633 22,330 22,027
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
37,194 36,987 36,780 36,573 36,366 36,159 35,952 35,745 34,529 33,312 32,095 30,879 29,662 28,445
26,876 26,403 25,930 25,457 24,984 24,511 24,038 23,565 23,265 22,966 22,666 22,367 22,067 21,768
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
42,805 41,472 40,139 38,807 37,474 36,142 34,809 33,476 32,487 31,497 30,508 29,518 28,528 27,539
31,549 30,890 30,232 29,574 28,916 28,258 27,599 26,941 26,585 26,230 25,874 25,518 25,162 24,806
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
47,369 45,888 44,406 42,925 41,000 39,519 38,481 41,000 35,906 34,813 33,719 32,625 31,531 30,438
31,263 30,650 30,038 29,425 28,500 27,888 27,588 26,975 26,619 26,263 25,906 25,550 25,194 24,838
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
51,941 50,334 48,728 47,121 45,515 43,908 42,301 40,695 39,492 38,289 37,086 35,883 34,680 33,477
30,902 30,296 29,690 29,083 28,477 27,870 27,264 26,658 26,306 25,954 25,602 25,250 24,897 24,545
 Below 50°F, unit requires a factory or field installed low ambient control.
 Return air temp. °F Rated CFM.
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
6 of 18
Heating Full Load Application Data
Model
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
30°
35°
40°
45°
50°
55°
60°F
I30H1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
10,663
1879
1.66
12,525
1906
1.93
14,388
1927
2.19
16,250
1943
2.45
18,113
1956
2.71
19,975
1967
2.98
21,838
1976
3.24
23,700
1984
3.5
25,000
2046
3.58
26,300
2105
3.66
28,060
2182
3.77
29,820
2254
3.88
31,580
2323
3.98
I36H1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
12,819
1804
2.08
14,788
1939
2.24
16,756
2056
2.39
18,725
2160
2.54
20,694
2252
2.69
22,663
2334
2.85
24,631
2408
3.00
26,600
2474
3.15
29,400
2461
3.50
32,200
2451
3.85
34,200
2511
3.99
36,200
2568
4.13
38,200
2621
4.27
BTUH
WATTS
COP
21,138
2664
2.33
22,275
2664
2.45
23,413
2664
2.58
24,550
2664
2.70
25,688
2664
2.83
26,825
2664
2.95
27,963
2664
3.08
29,100
2664
3.2
33,650
2777
3.55
38,200
2870
3.90
40,200
2923
4.03
42,200
2972
4.16
44,200
3019
4.29
I48H1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
19,806
2433
2.39
22,513
2660
2.48
25,219
2870
2.58
27,925
3064
2.67
30,631
3246
2.77
33,338
3415
2.86
36,044
3574
2.96
38,750
3723
3.05
41,263
3535
3.42
43,775
3384
3.79
46,820
3489
3.93
49,865
3586
4.07
52,910
3677
4.22
I60H1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
30,469
4012
2.23
31,688
3951
2.35
32,906
3896
2.48
34,125
3846
2.6
35,344
3800
2.73
36,563
3759
2.85
37,781
3721
2.98
39,000
3686
3.1
46,050
4058
3.33
53,100
4383
3.55
56,600
4506
3.68
60,100
4622
3.81
63,600
4730
3.94
I42H1
Indoor
j
70°F
 70°F DB indoor return air at rated CFM includes defrost operation below 45°.
Heating Part Load Application Data
Model
0°
5°
10°
I30H1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
6,550
1520
1.26
8,100
1556
1.53
9,650
1582
1.79
11,200
1601
2.05
12,750
1615
2.31
14,300
1627
2.58
15,850
1637
2.84
17,400
1645
3.10
18,500
1660
3.27
19,600
1674
3.43
21,120
1717
3.60
22,640
1756
3.78
24,160
1791
3.95
I36H1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
8,981
1600
1.65
10,313
1669
1.81
11,644
1727
1.98
12,975
1776
2.14
14,306
1819
2.31
15,638
1855
2.47
16,969
1887
2.64
18,300
1915
2.80
20,300
1891
3.15
22,300
1872
3.49
24,060
1869
3.77
25,820
1866
4.05
27,580
1864
4.34
BTUH
WATTS
COP
10,169
1985
1.50
11,888
2022
1.72
13,606
2051
1.94
15,325
2074
2.17
17,044
2093
2.39
18,763
2108
2.61
20,481
2121
2.83
22,200
2133
3.05
24,275
2172
3.28
26,350
2206
3.5
28,110
2190
3.76
29,870
2177
4.02
31,630
2165
4.28
I48H1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
12,588
2323
1.59
14,475
2389
1.78
16,363
2443
1.96
18,250
2487
2.15
20,138
2524
2.34
22,025
2556
2.53
23,913
2583
2.71
25,800
2607
2.9
27,700
2524
3.22
29,600
2,457
3.53
32,050
2518
3.73
34,500
2572
3.93
36,950
2621
4.13
I60H1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
12,613
2133
1.73
15,225
2367
1.89
17,838
2565
2.04
20,450
2736
2.19
23,063
2885
2.34
25,675
3015
2.50
28,288
3131
2.65
30,900
3233
2.80
33,138
3147
3.09
35,375
3076
3.37
38,170
3201
3.49
40,965
3317
3.62
43,760
3426
3.74
I42H1
Indoor
j
70°F
15°
20°
25°
30°
35°
40°
45°
50°
55°
60°F
 70°F DB indoor return air at rated CFM includes defrost operation below 45°.
Unit Charge Rates
Std. Unit Lbs.
Dehum. Units
- Lbs.
I30H1 - High Efficiency
Step Capacity Indoor HP
7.75
8.625
I36H1 - High Efficiency
Step Capacity Indoor HP
10.5625
10.9375
I42H1 - High Efficiency
Step Capacity Indoor HP
10.75
11.1875
I48H1 - High Efficiency
Step Capacity Indoor HP
12.9375
13.8125
I60H1 - High Efficiency
Step Capacity Indoor HP
12.875
13.3125
UNIT
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
7 of 18
Performance and Application Data – Energy Recovery Vent Option "R"
SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE
(INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/62°WB)
Ambient
O.D.
DB/WB
105
100
95
90
85
80
75
VENTILATION RATE 450 CFM
65% EFFICIENCY
F
VLT
VLS
VENTILATION RATE 375 CFM
66% EFFICIENCY
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
VLT
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
75
21465 14580
6884
13952
9477
4475
17887 12150
5737
11805
8018
3786
14310
9720
4590
9587
6512
3075
70
14580 14580
0
9477
9477
0
12150 12150
0
8018
8018
0
9720
9720
0
6512
6512
0
65
14580 14580
0
9477
9477
0
12150 12150
0
8018
8018
0
9720
9720
0
6512
6512
0
80
31590 12150 19440 20533
7897
5427
8683
75
21465 12150
9314
13952
7897
6054
17887 10125
7762
11805
6682
5123
14310
8100
6210
9587
5427
4160
70
12352 12150
202
8029
7897
131
10293 10125
168
6793
6682
111
8235
8100
135
5517
5427
90
65
12150 12150
0
7897
7897
0
10125 10125
0
6682
6682
0
8100
8100
0
5427
5427
0
60
12150 12150
0
7897
7897
0
10125 10125
0
6682
6682
0
8100
8100
0
5427
5427
0
80
31590
9720
21870 20533
6318
4341
9768
75
21465
9720
11744 13952
6318
7634
17887
8100
9787
11805
5345
6459
14310
6480
7830
9587
4341
5246
70
12352
9720
2632
8029
6318
1711
10293
8100
2193
6793
5345
1447
8235
6480
1755
5517
4341
1175
65
9720
9720
0
6318
6318
0
8100
8100
0
5345
5345
0
6480
6480
0
4341
4341
0
60
9720
9720
0
6318
6318
0
8100
8100
0
5345
5345
0
6480
6480
0
4341
4341
0
80
31590
7290
24300 20533
4738
3256
10854
75
21465
7290
14175 13952
4738
9213
70
12352
7290
5062
8029
4738
65
7290
7290
0
4738
4738
60
7290
7290
0
4738
4738
80
31590
4860
26730 20533
3159
17374 26325
4050
22275 17374
2672
3240
75
21465
4860
16605 13952
3159
10793 17887
4050
13837 11805
2672
9132
14310
3240
70
12352
4860
7492
8029
3159
4870
10293
4050
6243
6793
2672
4120
8235
65
4860
4860
0
3159
3159
0
4050
4050
0
2672
2672
0
3240
60
4860
4860
0
3159
3159
0
4050
4050
0
2672
2672
0
3240
75
21465
2430
70
12352
2430
9922
8029
1579
6449
10293
2025
8268
6793
1336
5457
8235
65
4252
2430
1822
2764
1579
1184
3543
2025
1518
2338
1336
1002
60
2430
2430
0
1579
1579
0
2025
2025
0
1336
1336
70
12352
0
12352
8029
0
8029
10293
0
10293
6793
0
65
4252
0
4252
2764
0
2764
3543
0
3543
2338
0
60
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
19035 13952
1579
VLT
VLS
VENTILATION RATE 300 CFM
67% EFFICIENCY
12635 26325 10125 16200 17374
14215 26325
15794 26325
8100
18225 17374
6682
5345
10692 21060
12028 21060
12960 14110
6480
14580 14110
6075
20250 17374
4009
17887
6075
11812 11805
4009
7796
14310
4860
9450
9587
3256
6331
3290
10293
6075
4218
6793
4009
2784
8235
4860
3375
5517
3256
2261
0
6075
6075
0
4009
4009
0
4860
4860
0
3256
3256
0
0
6075
6075
0
4009
4009
0
4860
4860
0
3256
3256
0
17820 14110
2170
11939
11070
9587
2170
7416
3240
4995
5517
2170
3346
3240
0
2170
2170
0
3240
0
2170
2170
0
1620
12690
9587
1085
8502
1620
6615
5517
1085
4432
2835
1620
1215
1899
1085
814
0
1620
1620
0
1085
1085
0
6793
8235
0
8235
5517
0
5517
2338
2835
0
2835
1899
0
1899
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
12372 17887
2025
15862 11805
1336
13365 21060
8100
14701 21060
10469 14310
4860
16200 14110
WINTER HEATING PERFORMANCE
(INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB)
Ambient
O.D.
VENTILATION RATE
450 CFM
80% EFFICIENCY
375 CFM
81% EFFICIENCY
300 CFM
82% EFFICIENCY
DB/°F
WVL
WHR
WVL
WHR
WVL
WHR
65
2430
1944
2025
1640
1620
1328
60
4860
3888
4050
3280
3240
2656
55
7290
5832
6075
4920
4860
3985
50
9720
7776
8100
6561
6480
5313
45
12150
9720
10125
8201
8100
6642
40
14580
11664
12150
9841
9720
7970
35
17010
13608
14175
11481
11340
9298
30
19440
15552
16200
13122
12960
10627
25
21870
17496
18225
14762
14580
11955
20
24300
19440
20250
16402
16200
13284
15
26730
21384
22275
18042
17820
14612
NOTE: Sensible performance only is shown for winter application.
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
8 of 18
LEGEND:
VLT =
VLS =
VLL =
HRT =
HRS =
HRL =
WVL =
WHR=
Ventilation Load - Total
Ventilation Load - Sensible
Ventilation Load - Latent
Heat Recovery - Total
Heat Recovery - Sensible
Heat Recovery - Latent
Winter Ventilation Load
Winter Heat Recovery
I-TEC Accessory Model Numbers
Wall Sleeves (Required Option - Select One) j
Model #
Description
Total Depth of Wall System
When Used with 1" Louver
Total Depth of Wall System
When Used with 2" Louver
IWS-A
Wall Sleeve Adjustable
5.5 to 8.5"
6.5 to 8.5"
IWS-B
Wall Sleeve Adjustable
8.0 to 13.5"
9.0 to 13.5"
IWS-C
Wall Sleeve Adjustable
13.0 to 23.5"
14.0 to 23.5"
Model #
Description
Total Depth of Wall System
When Used with 4" Louver
Total Depth of Wall System
When Used with 8" Louver
IWS-A8H k
Wall Sleeve Adjustable
8.0 to 12.0"
—
IWS-B8H k
Wall Sleeve Adjustable
12.0 to 20.0"
12.0 to 15.0"
IWS-C8H k
Wall Sleeve Adjustable
—
15.0 to 20.5"
j Above table based on I-TEC unit being installed flush to inside of wall.
k 8" Hurricane Louvers are field supplied
Outdoor Louver Grilles (Required Option - Select One)
Model #
Description
Color
Sleeve (Required)
ILS1-10
ILS1-20
1" Standard
Anodized Aluminum
IWS-A, -B, -C
1" Standard
Aluminum with Medium Bronze Finish
IWS-A, -B, -C
ILS1-30
1" Standard
Aluminum with Dark Bronze Finish
IWS-A, -B, -C
ILS1-**
1" Standard
Aluminum with Custom Finish
IWS-A, -B, -C
ILA2-10
2" Architectural
Anodized Aluminum
IWS-A, -B, -C
ILA2-20
2" Architectural
Aluminum with Medium Bronze Finish
IWS-A, -B, -C
ILA2-30
2" Architectural
Aluminum with Dark Bronze Finish
IWS-A, -B, -C
ILA2-**
2" Architectural
Aluminum with Custom Finish
IWS-A, -B, -C
ILST4-10
4" Storm
Anodized Aluminum
IWS-AH, -BH, -CH
ILST4-20
4" Storm
Aluminum with Medium Bronze Finish
IWS-AH, -BH, -CH
ILST4-30
4" Storm
Aluminum with Dark Bronze Finish
IWS-AH, -BH, -CH
ILST4-**
4" Storm
Aluminum with Custom Finish
IWS-AH, -BH, -CH
Additional Louver Colors Available — Applies to ILS, ILA and ILST Louvers k
-12
Arctic White
-14
Storm White
-18
Milano Beige
-32
Jet Black
-36
Graphite Gray
-40
School Bus Yellow
-42
Florida Orange
-44
School House Red
-46
Chili Red
-50
Deep Sea Blue
-52
Bahama Blue
-54
Ivy Green
-56
Sage Green
k Available Special Order and requires additional lead-time. Reference Form S3508 for additional details.
• Custom Finishes are quoted on a project-by-project basis and pricing is determined by quantity, finish option and size.
• Custom Finishes are ordered/shipped directly from the louver supplier.
• Purchaser of Custom Finishes assumes liability for quantity, finish match and size.
• Contact your Bard Sales Representative for custom louver contact information.
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
9 of 18
I-TEC Accessories — Optional per Job Requirement
Duct-Free Plenum Boxes
Model #:
Description:
IPBDFH18-X
IPBDFH18-1
IPBDFH18-4
IPBDFH12-X
IPBDFH12-1
IPBDFH12-4
IPBDF18-X
IPBDF18-1
IPBDF18-4
IPBDF12-X
IPBDF12-1
IPBDF12-4
IPBDF8-X
IPBDF8-1
IPBDF8-4
18" Duct Free Plenum – Beige. Black linear slot grilles, side w/shutoff damper
18" Duct Free Plenum – White. Black linear slot grilles, side w/shutoff damper
18" Duct Free Plenum – Gray. Black linear slot grilles, side w/shutoff damper
12" Duct Free Plenum – Beige. Black linear slot grilles, side w/shutoff damper
12" Duct Free Plenum – White. Black linear slot grilles, side w/shutoff damper
12" Duct Free Plenum – Gray. Black linear slot grilles, side w/shutoff damper
18" Duct Free Plenum – Beige. (2) Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
18" Duct Free Plenum – White. (2) Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
18" Duct Free Plenum – Gray. (2) Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
12" Duct Free Plenum – Beige. (2) Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
12" Duct Free Plenum – White. (2) Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
12" Duct Free Plenum – Gray. (2) Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
8" Duct Free Plenum – Beige. Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
8" Duct Free Plenum – White. Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
8" Duct Free Plenum – Gray. Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles
Duct-Free Plenum Boxes with Hot Water Coil
Model #:
Description:
IPBDF12HW-X
IPBDF12HW-1
IPBDF12HW-4
12" Duct Free Plenum–Beige. Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles, w/hot water coil
12" Duct Free Plenum–White. Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles, w/hot water coil
12" Duct Free Plenum–Gray. Anodized dual deflection front & side grilles, w/hot water coil
NOTE: No water control valves included. Field-Installed.
Hot Water Coil with Duct Connection
Model #:
Description:
IHWC
Hot water coil assembly, mounts on top of I-TEC unit, 10" x 30" duct flange
NOTE: No water control valves included. Field-Installed.
NOTE: Order appropriate Cabinet Extension (Model ICX28-*) to enclose hot water coil assembly, valves, piping and ductwork.
Cabinet Extensions
Model #:
Description:
ICX28-X
ICX28-1
ICX28-4
28" extension for ceilings up to 10'2", beige paint
28" extension for ceilings up to 10'2", white paint
28" extension for ceilings up to 10'2", gray paint
NOTE 1: Use of Riser Platforms will increase maximum ceiling height by riser height.
NOTE 2: Cabinet Extensions can be used with ducted systems to enclose ductwork or piping, and can also be used with Duct-Free Plenum Boxes to enclose
to ceiling if desired. Extensions can be trimmed tao height as needed.
Riser Platforms
Model #:
Description:
IRP-3-X
IRP-3-1
IRP-3-4
IRP-6-X
IRP-6-1
IRP-6-4
Riser
Riser
Riser
Riser
Riser
Riser
platform
platform
platform
platform
platform
platform
3"
3"
3"
6"
6"
6"
with
with
with
with
with
with
trim
trim
trim
trim
trim
trim
kit,
kit,
kit,
kit,
kit,
kit,
beige paint
white paint
gray paint
beige paint
white paint
gray paint
Model #:
Description:
IRP-9-X
IRP-9-1
IRP-9-4
IRP-11-X
IRP-11-1
IRP-11-4
Riser
Riser
Riser
Riser
Riser
Riser
platform
platform
platform
platform
platform
platform
9" with trim kit, beige paint
9" with trim kit, white paint
9" with trim kit, gray paint
11" with trim kit, beige paint
11" with trim kit, white paint
11" with trim kit, gray paint
NOTE: Use of Riser Platforms will increase maximum ceiling height by riser height.
Wall Curbs
Model #:
Description:
ICURB740
7" Deep Curb to allow sleeve installation with a 40" window sill height
Side Trim Kits
Model #:
Description:
IST4-X
IST4-1
IST4-4
4" Side Trim Kit, beige paint, adaptable for ceilings up to 12'
4" Side Trim Kit, white paint, adaptable for ceilings up to 12'
4" Side Trim Kit, gray paint, adaptable for ceilings up to 12'
Other Optional Accessories
Model #:
Description:
AHCK-2
SK111
SK118
Anti-Huffing Refrigerant Caps (Quantity 2) with Key
Hard Start Kit for 1-Phase Models (I30A1-A, I36A1-A & I42A1-A) Only
Hard Start Kit for 1-Phase Models (I48A1-A & I60A1-A) Only
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
10 of 18
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
11 of 18
1
24"
5
1
Front Forklift Holes
(Remove Front Trim)
13 4 "
15 8 "
5
58"
3
Side Forklift Holes
(Remove Sides)
1
22 4 "
Lower
Section
71 4 "
Upper
Section
94"
Total
Height
30" With Doors and
Sides Removed
Right Side View
1
24 2 "
1
71 2 "
Outer
Sleeve
Inner
Sleeve
Return
Air
(2) Return
Openings
3
34"
8"
(2) Unit
Drains
Locking
Door Latch
Electrical
Disconnect
Locking
Door Latch
(4) Lift-Off
Hinges
High Voltage
7
Entrance
11 8 "
Electric Heat
Wire Channel
1
38"
Supply
Air
1
38"
MIS-2917 A
(2) Opt.
Unit Drain
Entrances
Inner
Sleeve
Outer
Sleeve
Return
Air
Back View
Unit Specification Sheet
(2) 12" x 20"
Vent Exhaust
Air Filters
2"
3
31 8 "
Total Depth
26 4 "
3
20" x 24" Supply Frame
(2) Side
Handles
Low Voltage
Entrance
47 8 " Total Width
1
46 8 " With Sides Removed
1
20"
11 4 "
(2) Washable
Vent Intake
Air Filters
Control Panel
(2) 2"x24"x30"
Return Air
Filters
Front View
24"
28 4 "
1
34"
1
Top View
DRAIN
ACCESS
WING WALL CONSTRUCTION TOP VIEW
4"
12" MIN.
2
REMOVABLE
SIDES
12" MIN.
2
DRAIN ACCESS
AREA
DRAIN
ACCESS
CLOSET CONSTRUCTION TOP VIEW
31 3/8"
4"
DRAIN ACCESS DETAIL
VIEW FROM BACK OF UNIT
12" MIN.
2
12" MIN.
2
12" MIN.
12" MIN.
RECOMMENDED SERVICE
ACCESS DIMENSIONS
12" MIN.
FOR LEFT
SIDE
ACCESS
48" MIN.
DRAIN
ACCESS
DRAIN
ACCESS
LEFT CORNER CONSTRUCTION TOP VIEW
12" MIN.
FOR RIGHT
SIDE
ACCESS
4"
4"
FILTERS
24" MIN.
24" MIN.
0" REQUIRED
12" RECOMMENDED
RIGHT CORNER CONSTRUCTION TOP VIEW
DRAIN
ACCESS
4"
0" REQUIRED
12" RECOMMENDED
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
12 of 18
REMOVABLE
SIDES 1
48"
MIN. FOR
FILTER ACCESS
1 ALL FILTER AND COMPONENT
ACCESS IS FROM THE FRONT.
COILS CAN BE CLEANED FROM
THE FRONT, BUT SIDES ARE
EASILY REMOVED FOR ENHANCED
ACCESS.
2 12" MINIMUM DIMENSIONS ARE
REQUIRED FOR UNIT OPERATION.
IT IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED
TO USE 20" MINIMUM DISTANCES
IF POSSIBLE FOR EASE OF UNIT
SERVICEABILITY
MIS-3273 A
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
13 of 18
DIM A
31"-34"
34"-37" MAX
37"-40" MAX
40"-43" MAX
42"-44" MAX
IRP RISER KIT
FLOOR
UNIT
OPTIONAL TRIM
OR SUPPLY DUCT BOX
OPTIONAL DUCT
CEILING
IRP RISER KIT
NONE
IRP-3 (3")
IRP-6 (6")
IRP-9 (9")
IRP-11 (11")
3
78"
DIM "A" 1
GRILLE
Outside
Wall
2
TELESCOPING
WALL SLEEVE
DIM C
94 1/8"
97 1/8"
100 1/8"
103 1/8"
105 1/8"
15
1 16 "
(4) optional Unit
Mounting holes
Sleeve Mounting
Hole Locations
Centered on
Opening
(4) optional Unit
Mounting holes
Optional Top
Bracket
20"
7
35"
43 8 "
7
20 8 "
CL
20"
20"
3
6"
3"
11
4 16 "
DIM "B"
49 8 "
1
56 2 "
DIM "C"
MIS-3306 A
FLOOR MOUNTING HOLE
& CENTERLINES
Room Floor Level
17.5"
20"
8"
Front (Wall Only) View
CL
8"
Centered
Centered
7
20 8 "
42-3/4" Min.
43-1/4" Max.
48" Min.
48-1/2" Max.
7
20 8 "
3
43 8 "
Wall Section View
1 Higher Sill Heights Achievable With IRP Riser Kit.
2 Separate telescoping sleeves available for different wall thicknesses.
Right Side View
3
18 4 "
DIM B
29 17/32"
32 17/32"
35 17/32"
38 1732"
40 17/32"
IPBDF12 AND IPBDF18
DUCT-FREE PLENUM BOX
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONAL CHART
MODEL NO.
DIM. A
DIM. B
IPBDF8
8"
102" (8'-6")
IPBDF12
12"
106" (8'-10")
IPBDF18
18"
112" (9'-4")
IPBDFH12
12"
106" (8'-10")
IPBDFH18
18"
112" (9'-4")
IPBDF8, IPBDF12 AND IPBDF18
DUCT-FREE PLENUM BOX
DIMENSIONS
MIS-3057
ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE
UNIT POWER THROUGH
BOX IN CONDUIT
A
IPBDF8, IPBDFH12 AND IPBDFH18
DUCT-FREE PLENUM BOX
DIMENSIONS
ROUTE HIGH VOLTAGE
UNIT POWER THROUGH
BOX IN CONDUIT
B
94"
7' - 10"
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
14 of 18
DIMENSIONAL CHART
MODEL NO.
DIM. A
DIM. B
IPBDF8
8"
102" (8'-6")
IPBDF12
12"
106" (8'-10")
IPBDF18
18"
112" (9'-4")
MIS-3057 C
4 1/2"
12"
12"
17 3/4"
8 3/16"
TOP VIEW
VALVE WIRING
ENTRANCE
IPBDF12HW
DUCT-FREE
HOT WATER COIL
DIMENSIONS
Ø7/8" O.D. WATER CONNECTIONS. NOT
DESIGNATED AS "IN" OR "OUT". CAN BE PIPED
AS NEEDED FOR EASE OF VALVE INSTALLATION
AND SUPPLY/RETURN CONNECTIONS.
ROUTE LOW VOLTAGE
UNIT POWER THROUGH
BOX IN CONDUIT
2"
12"
ROUTE HIGH VOLTAGE
UNIT POWER THROUGH
BOX IN CONDUIT
HIGH VOLTAGE
POWER
ENTRANCE
94"
7' - 10"
106"
8' - 10"
MIS-3059
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
15 of 18
9 7/8"
29 7/8"
TOP VIEW
IHWC DUCTED
HOT WATER COIL
DIMENSIONS
8 1/4"
SUPPLY OPENING
23 7/8"
19 3/4"
LOW VOLTAGE
ENTRANCE
9 7/8"
24 3/4"
12"
Ø7/8" O.D. WATER CONNECTIONS. NOT
DESIGNATED AS "IN" OR "OUT". CAN BE PIPED
AS NEEDED FOR EASE OF VALVE INSTALLATION
AND SUPPLY/RETURN CONNECTIONS.
40 7/8"
ROUTE HIGH VOLTAGE
UNIT POWER THROUGH
BOX IN CONDUIT
11"
2.5"
HIGH VOLTAGE
POWER
ENTRANCE
94"
7' - 10"
105"
8' - 9"
MIS-3058
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
16 of 18
I30H-I60H Indoor Sound Data at 10 Feet
1.dBA @ 10 feet, Values recorded in Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc. Sound Lab Facility.
2.Actual field results may vary with classroom design and construction.
3.Integrated values calculated per ANSI/ASA S12.60-2009 / Part 2, Section 5.2.2.1, Table 2 Triple Mode Type 3
HVAC System Duty Cycles: Ventilation 58%, Part Load 25%, Full Load 17%
4.Integrated Sound Values are also applicable for use in learning spaces for CHPS and LEED Schools:
EQ Prerequisite 3 - Minimum Acoustical Performance, OPTION 1. Using methods prescribed in
ANSI S12.60, classrooms must achieve a maximum background noise level of 45 dBA.
Vent: ERV
IPBDFH-12 Duct Free 12" Plenum Box
Ducted
Model
Operation
ERV Off
ERV @ 150
ERV @ 375
ERV @ 450
ERV Off
ERV @ 150
ERV @ 375
ERV @ 450
I30H
Integrated
33.7
34.0
39.3
40.0
33.6
34.0
39.0
40.1
I36H
Integrated
37.7
38.0
40.7
41.7
36.5
37.1
41.7
42.7
I42H
Integrated
38.6
40.7
41.3
41.9
39.4
39.3
41.8
42.4
I48H
Integrated
39.0
39.0
39.7
39.8
39.8
39.8
40.3
40.6
I60H
Integrated
41.4
41.3
41.6
41.6
41.3
41.3
41.8
41.9
Factory Setting(s) shaded in Gray
Vent: CRV
IPBDFH-12 Duct Free 12" Plenum Box
Ducted
Model
Operation
CRV Off
CRV
@ 300
CRV
@ 375
CRV
@ 450
CRV
@ 525
CRV Off
CRV
@ 300
CRV
@ 375
CRV
@ 450
CRV
@ 525
I30H
Integrated
34.4
36.0
38.2
40.6
42.1
34.6
36.6
38.1
40.6
42.0
I36H
Integrated
37.0
38.5
40.3
42.4
43.9
37.2
40.2
39.2
42.2
44.0
I42H
Integrated
39.2
39.8
41.0
42.5
43.5
39.9
40.4
41.1
42.8
43.5
I48H
Integrated
40.2
40.7
41.5
43.0
44.2
41.0
40.7
42.2
43.4
44.1
I60H
Integrated
44.0
44.3
44.6
45.4
45.9
43.5
43.7
44.1
44.8
45.5
Outdoor Sound Data at 10 Feet
Model
I30H
I36H
I42H
I48H
I60H
63.7
66.6
67.3
67.9
67.8
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
17 of 18
I-TEC 2-Stage Air Source Heat Pumps Model Number Nomenclature
I
36
H
1
D
A
0Z
R
P
4
X
X
2
Controls:
X = 24v terminal block Only w/o
Stat
1 = CompleteStat THO (Temp,
Humidity & Occupancy)
2 = CompleteStat THO w/CO2
3 = CompleteStat THO w/ Ethernet
4 = CompleteStat THO w/CO2 &
Ethernet
Note: CompleteStat must be field
installed & wired. All units have 24V
terminal block. See Selection
Guide.
Model
Series
Nominal Capacity:
30 = 30,000 BTUH
36 = 36,000
42 = 42,000
48 = 48,000
60 = 60,000
System Type:
H = Heat Pump
Revision Level
Coil Treatment:
X = Std. Hydrophilic Fin Evap. &
Uncoated Alum. Cond. Coil
1 = Phenolic Coated ID coil
2 = Phenolic Coated OD coil
3 = Phenolic Coated ID & OD coil
(-) = Standard (Non-Dehum)
D = Dehumidification
Electrical Rating:
A = 230/208, 60-1
B = 230/208, 60-3
C = 460-60-3
Door Vinyl Graphics Options
X = No Graphics
A = Stacked Books
(Color Code 1 - White Only)
B = Paint Brush
(Color Code 1 - White Only)
Electric Heat:
0Z = No heat w/Breaker
04 = 4KW 1-Phase
05 = 5KW 1-Phase
06 = 6KW 3-Phase
09 = 9KW 3-Phase
10 = 10KW 1-Phase
15 = 15KW 1 & 3-Phase
18 = 18KW 3-Phase
20 = 20KW 1-Phase
Vent Option:
B = Blank Off Plate
M = Multi-Speed CRV
N = Multi-Speed CRV with
Economizer Mode
Q = Modulating CRV (0-10Vdc)
R = ERV
Color:
X = Beige, Painted Steel
1 = White, Painted Steel
4 = Gray, Painted Steel
Filter:
P = 2 inch pleated MERV 8
M = 2 inch pleated MERV 11
N = 2 inch pleated MERV 13
CompleteStat™ Selection Guide
Vent Type
None
CRV
ERV
Type of
Vent Control
BACnet j
Communication
Ethernet k
Connection
Control
Code
N/A
N/A
Yes
No
1
CompleteStat THO (Temp, Humidity & Occupancy)
Yes
Yes
3
CompleteStat THO w/Ethernet
On/Off
Yes
No
1
CompleteStat THO (Temp, Humidity & Occupancy)
Demand l
Yes
No
2
CompleteStat THO w/CO2
On/Off
Yes
Yes
3
CompleteStat THO w/Ethernet
Demand l
Yes
Yes
4
CompleteStat THO w/CO2 & Ethernet
Description
CompleteStat
Part Number
CS9B-THO
CS9BE-THO
CS9B-THO
CS9B-THOC
CS9BE-THO
CS9BE-THOC
On/Off
Yes
No
1
CompleteStat THO (Temp, Humidity & Occupancy)
Demand l
Yes
No
2
CompleteStat THO w/CO2
CS9B-THOC
CS9B-THO
On/Off
Yes
Yes
3
CompleteStat THO w/Ethernet
CS9BE-THO
Demand l
Yes
Yes
4
CompleteStat THO w/CO2 & Ethernet
CS9BE-THOC
BACnet is standard - all versions, shielded twisted pair.
These models also have CAT 5 port for ease of networking in addition to twisted pair terminals.
Demand control for ventilation is ON/OFF based on CO2 set-point.
If modulating mode for ERV is required, use – THO controller plus 8403-067 CO2 controller with modulating output.
Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Bryan, Ohio 43506
www.bardhvac.com
Form No
S3451-1016
SupersedesS3451-616
Page
18 of 18
Due to our continuous product improvement policy, all
specifications subject to change without notice.
Before purchasing this appliance, read important energy cost
and efficiency information available from your retailer.
Form No.
S3451
October, 2016
Supersedes: S3451-616
THE WALL-MOUNT™ STEP CAPACITY “QUIET CLIMATE” HEAT PUMPS
Integrated Part Load Value (IPLV) Efficiency Up To 15.0 BTU/WATT
Models:
T30S to T60S
Up to 11.0 EER
Heating Capacities:
19,000 to 52,000 BTUH
Cooling Capacities:
22,400 to 56,000 BTUH
Green Refrigerant
R-410A
The Bard Wall-Mount Heat Pump is a self-contained energy efficient heating and cooling
system, which is designed to offer maximum indoor comfort at a minimal cost without
using valuable indoor floor space or outside ground space. This unit is the ideal product
for versatile applications such as: new construction, modular offices, school modernization,
telecommunication structures, portable structures or correctional facilities. Factory or
field installed accessories are available to meet specific job requirements.
Engineered Features
Copper Tube / Aluminum Fin Coils:
Grooved copper tubing and enhanced
aluminum fins provide maximum heat transfer
and high energy efficiency. Evaporator coil
constructed with hydrophilic fin stock that
seals fin surface against aluminum oxide
formation, is resistant to mold and mildew
growth (tested to ASTM D3273, no growth)
and reduces beading of condensate on the fin
surface. Optional phenolic-coated coils are
also available.
Twin Blowers:
Move air quietly. All models feature variable
speed blower motors providing airflow adjustment
for high and low static operation. Motor overload
protection is standard on all models.
ECM Indoor Blower Motor:
Features a variable speed motor providing
super-high efficiency, low sound levels and
soft-start capabilities. The motor is selfadjusting to provide the proper airflow rate
for the staged capacity, and for higher static
pressure in ducted installations without user
adjustment or wiring changes.
Heat Pump Compressor:
Scroll 2-Stage Compressors are standard on
all 2½ to 5 ton models. Eliminates need for
crankcase heater.
Double isolated floating compressor mounting
system, compressor sound blanket, and discharge
muffler for reduced outdoor sound level.
Phase Rotation Monitor:
Standard on all 3 phase scroll compressors.
Protects against reverse rotation if power
supply is not properly connected.
R-410A Refrigerant:
Designed with R-410A (HFC) non-ozone
depleting refrigerant in compliance with the
Montreal protocol and 2010 EPA requirements.
Liquid Line Filter Drier:
Standard on all units. Protects system against
moisture.
Galvanized 20 Gauge Zinc Coated Steel
Cabinet:
Cleaned, rinsed, sealed and dried before the
polyurethane primer is applied. The cabinet is
handsomely finished with a baked on, beige
textured enamel, which allows it to withstand
1000 hours of salt spray tests per ASTM
B117-03.
Stainless Steel cabinets available.
Foil Faced Insulation:
Standard on all units.
Electrical Components:
Are easily accessible for routine inspection
and maintenance through a right side,
service panel opening. Features a lockable,
hinged access cover to the circuit breaker or
rotary disconnect switch.
Electric Heat Strips:
Features an automatic limit and thermal
cut-off safety control. Heater packages are
factory or field installed for all 2 through
5 ton models. Features easy slide-in field
assembly with various BTUH outputs.
Condenser Fan and Motor
Shroud Assembly:
Slide out for easy access.
Filter Service Door:
Separate service door provides easy access
for filter change.
One Inch, Disposable Air Filters:
Are standard equipment. Optional one inch
washable filters available and filter racks
permit the addition of 2" pleated filter.
Factory or field installed.
Solid State Electronic Heat Pump Control:
Provides efficient 30, 60 or 90 minute
defrost cycle. A thermistor sensor, speed up
terminal for service and 10 minute defrost
override are standard on the electronic heat
pump control.
High & Low Pressure Switches are Auto-Reset:
Standard on all units. Built-in lockout
circuit resets from the room thermostat.
Provides commercial quality protection to the
compressor.
Five Minute Compressor Time Delay:
Short cycle protection is standard. Built into
the heat pump control.
Emergency Heat Circuit:
Permits continuous operation of the system.
Built-in Circuit Breakers:
Standard on all electric heat versions of
single and three phase (230/208 volt)
equipment. Rotary disconnects are standard
on all electric heat versions of three phase
(460 volt) equipment.
Slope Top:
Standard feature for water run-off.
Full Length Mounting Brackets:
Built into cabinet for improved appearance
and easy installation. NOTE: Bottom
mounting bracket included to assist in
installation.
Top Rain Flashing:
Standard feature on all models.
Ventilation System Packages
Six ventilation options are available.
See Page 3 for details on these options.
Barometric Fresh Air Damper:
Standard on all units. Allows up to 25%
outside fresh air. Not installed if other
optional vent packages selected.
•Complies with efficiency requirements of ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-2013.
•Certified to ANSI/ARI Standard 390-2003 for SPVU (Single Package Vertical Units).
•Intertek ETL Listed to Standard for Safety Heating and Cooling Equipment ANSI/UL
1995/CSA 22.2 No. 236-05, Fourth Edition.
•Commercial Product - Not intended for Residential application.
Form No.
S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
1 of 16
Certified Capacity and Efficiency Ratings at Full Capacity
MODELS
T30S1
T36S1
T42S1
T48S1
T60S1
Cooling BTUH, Stage 2 (Full Capacity) j 80/67-95
EER j
Rated CFM
IPLV (Integrated Stage 1 and Stage 2) jl 80/67-80
High Temp Heating (47F) BTUH, Stage 2 (Full Capacity)
COP jm
Rated CFM
Low Temp Heating (17F) BTUH, Stage 2 (Full Capacity)
COP m
Rated CFM
28,000
10.8
900
13.7
27,800
3.30
900
16,600
2.20
900
33,800
11.0
1100
14.7
33,000
3.40
1100
20,000
2.40
1100
39,500
11.0
1250
14.6
39,000
3.30
1250
23,000
2.20
1250
46,500
11.0
1550
15.0
43,000
3.50
1550
27,000
2.30
1550
56,000
10.7
1650
14.9
52,000
3.30
1650
34,600
2.40
1650




Certified in accordance with ARI Standard 390-2003 for single package vertical units
EER = Energy Efficiency Ratio - BTU/WATT efficiency
Integrated Part Load Value - BTU/WATT efficiency (combines Stage 1 & 2 performance)
COP = Coefficient of Performance - BTU/WATT efficiency
Capacity and Efficiency Ratings at Partial Capacity
MODELS
T30S1
T36S1
T42S1
T48S1
T60S1
Cooling BTUH, Stage 1 (Partial Capacity) 80/67-80
EER @ Part Load (80/67-80) Stage 1 Cooling
Operating CFM
High Temp. Heating 47°BTUH, Stage 1 (Partial Capacity)
Operating CFM
22,400
14.0
650
19,000
650
27,000
15.0
800
22,600
800
31,000
14.9
900
26,000
900
37,000
15.6
1000
30,800
1000
45,000
15.2
1300
38,000
1300
Specifications 2-1/2 through 3-Ton
MODELS
Electrical Rating – 60 Hz
Operating Voltage Range
Compressor--Circuit A
Voltage
Rated Load Amps
Branch Circuit Selection Current
Lock Rotor Amps
Compressor Type
Fan Motor & Condenser
Fan Motor--HP--RPM--SPD
Fan Motor--Amps
Fan--DIA/CFM
Blower Motor & Evap.
Blower Motor--HP-RPM-SPD
Blower Motor--Amps
CFM Cooling & E.S.P.
w/Filter (Rated-Wet Coil)
Filter Sizes (inches) STD.
Basic Unit Weight --LBS.
Barometric Fresh Air Damper
Blank-Off Plate
Motorized Fresh Air Damper
Commercial Room Ventilator
Economizer
Energy Recovery Ventilator
T30S1-A
T30S1-B
T30S1-C
T36S1-A
T36S1-B
T36S1-C
230/208 - 1
197-253
230/208 - 3
197-253
460 - 3
414-506
230/208 - 1
197-253
230/208 - 3
197-253
460 - 3
414-506
230/208
9.6 / 10.8
13.1
73 / 73
Scroll
230/208
7.1 / 8.0
8.7
58 / 58
Scroll
460
4.0
4.3
28
Scroll
230/208
11.5 / 12.9
15.3
83 / 83
Scroll
230/208
8.8 / 9.8
11.7
73 / 73
Scroll
460
4.9
5.8
38
Scroll
1/5 - 1050 - 1
1.5
20"-1900
1/5 - 1050 - 1
1.5
20"-1900
1/5 - 1050 - 1
.8
20"-1900
1/3 - 825 - 2
2.5
24"-2900
1/3 - 825 - 2
2.5
24"-2900
1/3 - 825 - 2
1.1
24"-2900
1/3 Var.
2.8
1/3 Var.
2.8
1/3 Var.
2.8
1/2 Var.
3.2
1/2 Var.
3.2
1/2 Var.
3.2
900 - .10
900 - .10
900 - .10
1100 - .15
1100 - .15
1100 - .15
16 x 30 x 1
400
4
1
11
35
64
52
16 x 30 x 1
400
4
1
11
35
64
52
16 x 30 x 1
400
4
1
11
35
64
52
20 x 30 x 1
490
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
490
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
530
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
Specifications 3-1/2 through 5 Ton
MODELS
Electrical Rating – 60 Hz
Operating Voltage Range
Compressor--Circuit A
Voltage
Rated Load Amps
Branch Circuit Selection
Current
Lock Rotor Amps
Compressor Type
Fan Motor & Condenser
Fan Motor--HP--RPM--SPD
Fan Motor--Amps
Fan--DIA/CFM
Blower Motor & Evap.
Blower Motor--HP-RPM-SPD
Blower Motor--Amps
CFM Cooling & E.S.P.
w/Filter (Rated-Wet Coil)
Filter Sizes (inches) STD.
Shipping Weight --LBS.
Barometric Fresh Air Damper
Blank-Off Plate
Motorized Fresh Air Damper
Commercial Room Ventilator
Economizer
Energy Recovery Ventilator
Form No. S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
2 of 16
T42S1-A
T42S1-B
230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3
197-253
197-253
230/208
14.1 / 16
T42S1-C
460 - 3
414-506
T48S1-A
T48S1-B
230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3
197-253
197-253
230/208
11.2 / 12.7
460
5.6
230/208
16.8 / 19.2
T48S1-C
460 - 3
414-506
230/208
11.1 / 12.7
460
5.8
T60S1-A
T60S1-B
230/208 - 1 230/208 - 3
197-253
197-253
230/208
21.4 / 23.3
T60S1-C
460 - 3
414-506
230/208
13.1 / 14.2
460
6.2
18.0
14.2
6.3
21.2
14.1
6.5
27.2
16.6
7.3
96 / 96
Scroll
88 / 88
Scroll
44
Scroll
104
Scroll
83 / 83
Scroll
41
Scroll
153 / 153
Scroll
110 / 110
Scroll
52
Scroll
1/3-825-2
2.5
24"-2900
1/3-825-2
2.5
24"-2900
1/3-825-1
1.2
24"-2900
1/3-825-2
2.5
24"-2900
1/3-825-2
2.5
24"-2900
1/3-825-1
1.2
24"-2900
1/2-1025-1
3.8
24"-3700
1/2-1025-1
3.8
24"-3700
1/2-1025-1
3.8
24"-3700
3/4 Var.
4.0
3/4 Var.
4.0
3/4 Var.
4.0
3/4 Var.
4.9
3/4 Var.
4.9
3/4 Var.
4.9
3/4 Var.
4.9
3/4 Var.
4.9
3/4 Var.
4.9
1250 - .15
1250 - .15
1250 - .15
1550 - .2
1550 - .2
1550 - .2
1650 - .2
1650 - .2
1650 - .2
20 x 30 x 1
500
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
500
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
540
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
560
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
560
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
605
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
565
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
565
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
20 x 30 x 1
610
4.5
1
11.5
42
50
81
Ventilation System Packages
Bard Wall-Mounts are designed to provide optional ventilation packages to meet all of your ventilation and indoor air quality requirements.
All units are equipped with a barometric fresh air damper as the standard ventilation package. All ventilation packages can be built-in at
the factory, or field-installed at a later date.
BAROMETRIC FRESH AIR DAMPER - BFAD
STANDARD
The barometric fresh air damper is a standard feature on all models. It is installed on the inside of the service door
and allows outside ventilation air, up to 25% of the total airflow rating of the unit, to be introduced through the
air inlet openings and to be mixed with the conditioned air. The damper opens during blower operation and closes
when the blower is off. Adjustable blade stops allow different amounts of outside air to be introduced into the
building and can be easily locked closed if required.
Barometric Fresh Air Damper
BLANK OFF PLATE - BOP
OPTIONAL
MOTORIZED FRESH AIR DAMPER - MFAD
OPTIONAL
A blank off plate is installed on the inside of the service door. It covers the air inlet openings which restricts any
outside air from entering into the unit. The blank off plate should be utilized in applications where outside air is not
required to be mixed with the conditioned air.
The motorized fresh air damper is internally mounted behind the service door and allows outside ventilation air, up
to 25% of the total airflow rating of the unit, to be introduced through the air inlet openings and to be mixed with
the conditioned air. The two position damper can be fully open or closed. The damper blade is powered open by a
24VAC motor with spring return on power loss. The damper can be controlled by indoor blower operation or can be
field connected to be managed based on building occupancy.
Motorized Fresh Air Damper
NOTE: The above vent systems are intake only without built-in exhaust capability. Building will likely require
separate field installed barometric relief or mechanical exhaust elsewhere within the conditioned space. Balancing
dampers in the return air grille may be required to achieve specified amount of outdoor air intake.
COMMERCIAL ROOM VENTILATOR - CRV
OPTIONAL
The built-in commercial room ventilator is internally mounted behind the service door and allows outside ventilation
air, up to 50% of the total airflow rating of the unit, to be introduced through the air inlet openings. It includes a
built-in exhaust air damper.
Commercial Room Ventilator
The commercial room ventilator (CRV) is a simple and innovative approach to improving the indoor air quality by providing fresh air intake and exhaust capability through the CRV. The damper can be easily adjusted to control
the amount of fresh air supplied into the building. The CRV can be controlled by indoor blower operation or field
controlled based on room occupancy. The CRV is power open - spring return on power loss. Complies with ANSI/
ASHRAE Standard 62.1 “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.”
Four Models Available:
CRVS - spring return on power loss or deactivation
CRVP - power return (will not close on power loss)
CHCRV - modulating actuator with spring return on power loss or deactivation
CRVMWH - modulating spring return on power loss or deactivation
ECONOMIZER - ECONWM-Series
OPTIONAL
The built-in economizer system is internally mounted behind the service door and allows outdoor air to be introduced
through the air inlet openings. The amount of outdoor air varies in response to the system controls and settings defined
by the end user. It includes a built-in exhaust air damper. The economizer is designed to provide “free cooling” when
outside air conditions are cool and dry enough to satisfy cooling requirements without running the compressor. This
in turn provides lower operating costs, while extending the life of the compressor.
• ECONWMT Equipment Building versions have extended 11" air intake hood to deliver up to 100% of cooling rated airflow.
• ECONWMS Standard versions have 3" air intake hood to deliver up to 75% of cooling rated airflow.
Economizer
Standard Features:
• Fully modulating
• Honeywell Direct Drive Hi-Torque Actuator
• No linkage required
• Simple single blade design
• Positive shut-off with non-stick gaskets
• Electronic DB and/or Enthalpy sensors depending upon version
• Honeywell JADE™ electronic economizer module with precision settings and diagnostics
• DB or Enthalpy economizer versions available
WALL-MOUNT ENERGY RECOVERY VENTILATOR - ERV
Energy Recovery Ventilator
OPTIONAL
The wall-mount energy recovery ventilator (ERV) is a highly innovative approach to meeting indoor air quality ventilation requirements as established by ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 62.1. The ERV allows from 200 to 450 CFM (depending upon model) of fresh air and exhaust through the unit while maintaining superior indoor comfort and humidity levels. In most cases this can be accomplished without increasing equipment sizing or operating costs.
Heat transfer efficiency is up to 67% during summer and 75% during winter conditions.
The ERV consists of a unique “rotary energy recovery cassette” that provides effective sensible and latent heat
transfer capabilities during summer and winter conditions. Various control schemes are addressed including
limiting ventilation during building occupancy only.
The ERV is designed to be internally mounted behind the service door in the WA, WH or WL model wall-mount units.
It can be built-in at the factory or field installed as an option. ERV-*3 and ERV-*5 can be independently adjusted
for intake and exhaust rates. 3" air intake hood is standard.
Form No.
S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
3 of 16
Commercial Room Ventilator Performance Data : CRVS-3, CRVP-3 & CRVMWH
T30*1 High Speed Total and Ventilation Airflow
T30*1 High Speed Total and Ventilation Airflow
1300
1200
1100
1000
Airflow
Airflow(cfm)
(cfm)
900
800
Total Air 0 ESP
700
Total Air .2 ESP
600
Total Air .4 ESP
500
Vent Air .2 ESP
Vent Air 0 ESP
Vent Air .4 ESP
400
300
200
100
0
A
B
C
D
E
F
Vent Position
T24* T24H
High
Speed Total and Ventilation Airflow
High Speed Total and Ventilation Airflow
T30* T30*
LowLow
Speed
Total
And
Ventilation
Speed Total
And
Ventilation
Airflow Airflow
900
800
700
Airflow(cfm)
(cfm)
Airflow
600
Total Air 0 ESP
500
Total Air .2 ESP
Total Air .4 ESP
400
Vent Air 0 ESP
Vent Air .2 ESP
Vent Air .4 ESP
300
200
100
0
0
A
B
C
Vent Position
Form No. S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
4 of 16
D
E
F
Commercial Room Ventilator Performance Data : CRVS-5, CRVP-5 & CHCRV-5
T36S1 with CRVS-5,CRVP-5 & CHCRV-5
Airflow (CFM)
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
A
B
C
D
E
F
Blade Position
Vent Air, Cooling/Heating Mode
Total Air, Cooling/Heating Mode
T42S1 with CRVS-5,CRVP-5 & CHCRV-5
1400
Airflow (CFM)
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0
A
B
C
D
E
F
Blade Position
Vent Air, Cooling/Heating Mode
Total Air, Cooling/Heating Mode
Form No.
S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
5 of 16
Commercial Room Ventilator Performance Data : CRVS-5, CRVP-5 & CHCRV-5
T48S1 Vent Airflow
600
500
Air flow (CFM)
400
Blower Only Vent
Airflow 0.2 ESP
300
High Speed
Comp Vent
Airflow 0.2 ESP
200
100
0
0
2
4
6
A
8
10
B
C
12
14
16
D
18
E
F
Vent Position
Commercial Room Ventilator Performance Data : CRVS-5, CRVP-5 & CHCRV-5
T60S1 Vent Airflow
700
600
500
Air flow (CFM
400
High Speed Comp
Vent Airflow 0.2 ESP
Blower Only Vent
Airflow 0.2 ESP
300
200
100
0
0
2
4
A
Form No. S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
6 of 16
6
B
8
10
C
Vent Position
12
D
14
16
E
18
F
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Form No.
S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
7 of 16
Performance and Application Data - ERVF-*3 (T30S1)
SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE
(INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/62°WB)
Ambient
O.D.
VENTILATION RATE -- 400 CFM
63% EFFICIENCY
VENTILATION RATE -- 325 CFM
64% EFFICIENCY
VENTILATION RATE -- 250 CFM
65% EFFICIENCY
DB/
WB
F
VLT
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
VLT
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
VLT
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
105
75
70
65
19080
12960
12960
12960
12960
12960
6120
0
0
12020
8164
8164
8164
8164
8164
3855
0
0
15502
10530
10530
10530
10530
10530
4972
0
0
9921
6739
6739
6739
6739
6739
3182
0
0
11925
8100
8100
8100
8100
8100
3825
0
0
7751
5265
5265
5265
5265
5265
2486
0
0
100
80
75
70
65
60
28080
19080
10980
10800
10800
10800
10800
10800
10800
10800
17280
8280
180
0
0
17690
12020
6717
6804
6804
6804
6804
6804
6804
6804
10886
5216
113
0
0
22815
15502
8921
8775
8775
8775
8775
8775
8775
8775
14040
6727
146
0
0
14601
9921
5709
5616
5616
5616
5616
5616
5616
5616
8985
4305
93
0
0
17550
11925
6862
6750
6750
6750
6750
6750
6750
6750
10800
5175
112
0
0
11407
7751
4460
4387
4387
4387
4387
4387
4387
4387
7019
3363
73
0
0
95
80
75
70
65
60
28080
19080
10980
8640
8640
8640
8640
8640
8640
8640
19440
10440
2340
0
0
17690
12020
6917
5443
5443
5443
5443
5443
5443
5443
12247
6577
1474
0
0
22815
15502
8921
7020
7020
7020
7020
7020
7020
7020
15795
8482
1901
0
0
14601
9921
5709
4492
4492
4492
4492
4492
4492
4492
10108
5428
1216
0
0
17550
11925
6862
5400
5400
5400
5400
5400
5400
5400
12150
6525
1462
0
0
11407
7751
4460
3510
3510
3510
3510
3510
3510
3510
7897
4241
950
0
0
90
80
75
70
65
60
28080
19080
10980
6480
6480
6480
6480
6480
6480
6480
21600
12600
4500
0
0
17690
12020
6917
4082
4082
4082
4082
4082
4082
4082
13608
7938
2835
0
0
22815
15502
8921
5265
5265
5265
5265
5265
5265
5265
17550
10237
3656
0
0
14601
9921
5709
3369
3369
3369
3369
3369
3369
3369
11232
6552
2340
0
0
17550
11925
6862
4050
4050
4050
4050
4050
4050
4050
13500
7875
2812
0
0
11407
7751
4460
2632
2632
2632
2632
2632
2632
2632
8774
5118
1828
0
0
85
80
75
70
65
60
28080
19080
10980
4320
4320
4320
4320
4320
4320
4320
23760
14760
6660
0
0
17690
12020
6917
2721
2721
2721
2721
2721
2721
2721
14968
9298
4195
0
0
22815
15502
8921
3510
3510
3510
3510
3510
3510
3510
19305
11992
5411
0
0
14601
9921
5709
2246
2246
2246
2246
2246
2246
2246
12355
7675
3463
0
0
17550
11925
6862
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
2700
14850
9225
4162
0
0
11407
7751
4460
1755
1755
1755
1755
1755
1755
1755
9652
5996
2705
0
0
80
75
70
65
60
19080
10980
3780
2160
2160
2160
2160
2160
16920
8820
1620
0
12020
6917
2381
1360
1360
1360
1360
1360
10659
5556
1020
0
15502
8921
3071
1755
1755
1755
1755
1755
13747
7166
1316
0
9921
5709
1965
1123
1123
1123
1123
1123
8798
4586
842
0
11925
6862
2362
1350
1350
1350
1350
1350
10575
5512
1012
0
7751
4460
1535
877
877
877
877
877
6873
3583
658
0
75
70
65
60
10980
3780
0
0
0
0
10980
3780
0
6917
2381
0
0
0
0
6917
2380
0
8921
3071
0
0
0
0
8921
3071
0
5709
1965
0
0
0
0
5709
1965
0
6862
2362
0
0
0
0
6862
2362
0
4460
1535
0
0
0
0
4460
1535
0
ERVF-*3 WINTER HEATING PERFORMANCE
(INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB)
Ambient
O.D.
VENTILATION RATE
400 CFM
75% EFF.
325 CFM
76% EFF.
250 CFM
77% EFF.
DB/°F
WVL
WHR
WVL
WHR
WVL
WHR
LEGEND:
65
2160
1620
1755
1333
1350
1039
60
4320
3240
3510
2667
2700
2079
55
6480
4860
5265
4001
4050
3118
50
8640
6480
7020
5335
5400
4158
45
10800
8100
8775
6669
6750
5197
40
12960
9720
10530
8002
8100
6237
VLT =
VLS =
VLL =
HRT =
HRS =
HRL =
WVL =
WHR =
35
15120
11340
12285
9336
9450
7276
30
17280
12960
14040
10670
10800
8316
25
19440
14580
15795
12004
12150
9355
20
21600
16200
17550
13338
13500
10395
15
23760
17820
19305
14671
14850
11434
NOTE: Sensible performance only is shown for winter application.
Form No. S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
8 of 16
Ventilation Load - Total
Ventilation Load - Sensible
Ventilation Load - Latent
Heat Recovery - Total
Heat Recovery - Sensible
Heat Recovery - Latent
Ventilation Load - Latent
Heat Recovery - Total
Performance and Application Data - ERVF-*5 (T36S1, T42S1, T48S1 & T60S1)
SUMMER COOLING PERFORMANCE
(INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 75°DB/62°WB)
Ambient
O.D.
VENTILATION RATE -- 450 CFM
VENTILATION RATE -- 375 CFM
VENTILATION RATE -- 300 CFM
DB/
WB
F
VLT
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
VLT
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
VLT
VLS
VLL
HRT
HRS
HRL
105
75
70
65
21465
14580
14580
14580
14580
14580
6884
0
0
13952
9477
9477
9477
9477
9477
4475
0
0
17887
12150
12150
12150
12150
12150
5737
0
0
11805
8018
8018
8018
8018
8018
3786
0
0
14310
9720
9720
9720
9720
9720
4590
0
0
9587
6512
6512
6512
6512
6512
3075
0
0
100
80
75
70
65
60
31590
21465
12352
12150
12150
12150
12150
12150
12150
12150
19440
9314
202
0
0
20533
13952
8029
7897
7897
7897
7897
7897
7897
7897
12635
6054
131
0
0
26325
17887
10293
10125
10125
10125
10125
10125
10125
10125
16200
7762
168
0
0
17374
11805
6793
6682
6682
6682
6682
6682
6682
6682
10692
5123
111
0
0
21060
14310
8235
8100
8100
8100
8100
8100
8100
8100
12960
6210
135
0
0
14110
9587
5517
5427
5427
5427
5427
5427
5427
5427
8683
4160
90
0
0
95
80
75
70
65
60
31590
21465
12352
9720
9720
9720
9720
9720
9720
9720
21870
11744
2632
0
0
20533
13952
8029
6318
6318
6318
6318
6318
6318
6318
14215
7634
1711
0
0
26325
17887
10293
8100
8100
8100
8100
8100
8100
8100
18225
9787
2193
0
0
17374
11805
6793
5345
5345
5345
5345
5345
5345
5345
12028
6459
1447
0
0
21060
14310
8235
6480
6480
6480
6480
6480
6480
6480
14580
7830
1755
0
0
14110
9587
5517
4341
4341
4341
4341
4341
4341
4341
9768
5246
1175
0
0
90
80
75
70
65
60
31590
21465
12352
7290
7290
7290
7290
7290
7290
7290
24300
14175
5062
0
0
20533
13952
8029
4738
4738
4738
4738
4738
4738
4738
15794
9213
3290
0
0
26325
17887
10293
6075
6075
6075
6075
6075
6075
6075
20250
11812
4218
0
0
17374
11805
6793
4009
4009
4009
4009
4009
4009
4009
13365
7796
2784
0
0
21060
14310
8235
4860
4860
4860
4860
4860
4860
4860
16200
9450
3375
0
0
14110
9587
5517
3256
3256
3256
3256
3256
3256
3256
10854
6331
2261
0
0
85
80
75
70
65
60
31590
21465
12352
4860
4860
4860
4860
4860
4860
4860
26730
16605
7492
0
0
20533
13952
8029
3159
3159
3159
3159
3159
3159
3159
17374
10793
4870
0
0
26325
17887
10293
4050
4050
4050
4050
4050
4050
4050
22275
13837
6243
0
0
17374
11805
6793
2672
2672
2672
2672
2672
2672
2672
14701
9132
4120
0
0
21060
14310
8235
3240
3240
3240
3240
3240
3240
3240
17820
11070
4995
0
0
14110
9587
5517
2170
2170
2170
2170
2170
2170
2170
11939
7416
3346
0
0
80
75
70
65
60
21465
12352
4252
2430
2430
2430
2430
2430
19035
9922
1822
0
13952
8029
2764
1579
13952
8029
2764
1579
12372
6449
1184
0
17887
10293
3543
2025
2025
2025
2025
2025
15862
8268
1518
0
11805
6793
2338
1336
1336
1336
1336
1336
10469
5457
1002
0
14310
8235
2835
1620
1620
1620
1620
1620
12690
6615
1215
0
9587
5517
1899
1085
1085
1085
1085
1085
8502
4432
814
0
75
70
65
60
12352
4252
0
0
0
0
12352
4252
0
8029
2764
0
0
0
0
8029
2764
0
10293
3543
0
0
0
0
10293
3543
0
6793
2338
0
0
0
0
6793
2338
0
8235
2835
0
0
0
0
8235
2835
0
5517
1899
0
0
0
0
5517
1899
0
ERVF-*5 WINTER HEATING PERFORMANCE
(INDOOR DESIGN CONDITIONS 70°F DB)
Ambient
O.D.
VENTILATION RATE
450 CFM
375 CFM
300 CFM
DB/°F
WVL
WHR
WVL
WHR
WVL
WHR
65
2430
1944
2025
1640
1620
1328
60
4860
3888
4050
3280
3240
2656
55
7290
5832
6075
4920
4860
3985
50
9720
7776
8100
6561
6480
5313
45
12150
9720
10125
8201
8100
6642
40
14580
11664
12150
9841
9720
7970
35
17010
13608
14175
11481
11340
9298
30
19440
15552
16200
13122
12960
10627
25
21870
17496
18225
14762
14580
11955
20
24300
19440
20250
16402
16200
13284
15
26730
21384
22275
18042
17820
14612
LEGEND:
VLT =
VLS =
VLL =
HRT =
HRS =
HRL =
WVL =
WHR =
Ventilation Load - Total
Ventilation Load - Sensible
Ventilation Load - Latent
Heat Recovery - Total
Heat Recovery - Sensible
Heat Recovery - Latent
Ventilation Load - Latent
Heat Recovery - Total
NOTE: Sensible performance only is shown for winter application.
Form No.
S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
9 of 16
Electrical Specifications — Standard Heat Pumps
Single Circuit
MODEL
Rated
Volts &
Phase
No.
Field
Power
Circuits
Multiple Circuit
j
Minimum
Circuit
Ampacity
k
Maximum
External
Fuse or
Ckt. Brkr.
l
Field
Power
Wire
Size
l
Ground
Wire
T30S1-A00, A0Z
-A04
230/208-1
m -AS8
p -AF8
1
1
1
1 or 2
23
44
46
65
35
50
50
70
8
8
8
6
10
10
10
8
T30S1-B00, B0Z
-B06 230/208-3
-B09
1
1
1
18
36
45
25
40
45
10
8
8
10
10
10
1
1
1
10
19
24
15
20
25
14
12
10
14
12
10
T36S1-A00, A0Z
-A05
-A08 230/208-1
-A10
n -A15
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
27
53
69
79
85
40
60
70
80
90
8
6
4
4
4
10
10
8
8
8
T36S1-B00, B0Z
-B06
230/208-3
-B09
o -B15
1
1
1
1
23
41
50
52
30
45
50
60
10
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
12
21
26
27
15
25
30
30
14
10
10
10
14
10
10
10
T42S1-A00, A0Z
-A05
-A08 230/208-1
-A10
n -A15
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
31
57
73
83
86
40
60
80
90
90
8
6
4
4
3
10
10
8
8
8
T42S1-B00, B0Z
-B06
230/208-3
-B09
o -B15
1
1
1
1
26
44
53
53
35
50
60
60
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
13
22
27
27
15
25
30
30
14
10
10
10
14
10
10
10
37
57
63
78
89
89
50
60
70
90
100
100
8
6
6
4
3
3
10
10
8
8
8
8
1
1
1
1
28
46
55
55
40
50
60
60
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
14
23
28
29
20
25
30
30
12
10
10
10
12
10
10
10
45
71
97
97
113
60
80
100
100
125
8
4
3
3
2
1
1
1
2
32
59
59
N/A
45
60
60
N/A
1
1
1
1
15
29
30
34
20
30
30
35
T30S1-C0Z
-C06
-C09
T36S1-C0Z
-C06
-C09
o -C15
T42S1-C0Z
-C06
-C09
o -C15
460-3
460-3
460-3
T48S1-A00, A0Z
-A04
-A05
230/208-1
-A08
-A10
n -A15
1
1
1
1
T48S1-B00, B0Z
-B06
230/208-3
-B09
o -B15
T48S1-C0Z
-C06
-C09
o -C15
460-3
T60S1-A00, A0Z
-A05
-A10 230/208-1
n -A15
n -A20
T60S1-B00, B0Z
-B09
230/208-3
o -B15
o -B18
T60S1-C0Z
-C09
o -C15
o -C18
460-3
1
1
1
1
1
1
or
or
or
or
1
or
or
or
or
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
j Minimum
Circuit
Ampacity
k Maximum
External Fuse or Ckt.
Breaker
l
Field Power Wire
Size
l
Ground
Wire Size
Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. C Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. C Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. C Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. C
24
42
35
45
8
8
10
10
27
27
33
42
52
52
40
40
40
45
60
60
8
8
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
31
31
34
42
52
52
40
40
40
45
60
60
8
8
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
37
37
37
37
26
42
52
52
50
50
50
50
30
50
60
60
8
8
8
8
10
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
8
6
45
45
45
45
26
52
52
52
50
50
50
50
30
60
60
60
8
8
8
8
10
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
6
6
N/A
10
10
10
N/A
59
28
60
30
6
10
10
10
12
10
10
8
12
10
10
10
26
30
10
10
 These “Minimum Circuit Ampacity” values are to be used for sizing the field power conductors. Refer to the National Electrical Code (latest version), Article 310
for power conductor sizing.
Caution: When more than one field power circuit is run through one conduit, the conductors must be derated. Pay special attention to note 8 of Table 310 regarding Ampacity Adjustment Factors when more than three (3) conductors are in a raceway.
 Maximum size of the time delay fuse or circuit breaker for protection of field wiring conductors.
 Based on 75°C copper wire. All wiring must conform to the National Electrical Code and all local codes.
 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 4KW. Full heat available during Emergency Heat Mode.
 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 10KW. Full heat available during Emergency Heat Mode.
 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 9KW. Full heat available during Emergency Heat Mode.
 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 8KW. Full heat available during Emergency Heat Mode.
IMPORTANT: While this electrical data is presented as a guide, it is important to electrically connect properly sized fuses & conductor wires in accordance with the National Electrical Code & all local codes.
Form No. S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
10 of 16
Electrical Specifications — Dehumidification Models
Single Circuit
MODEL
Rated
Volts &
Phase
No.
Field
Power
Circuits
Multiple Circuit
j
Minimum
Circuit
Ampacity
k
Maximum
External
Fuse or
Ckt. Brkr.
l
Field
Power
Wire
Size
l
Ground
Wire
T30S1DA00, A0Z
DA04
230/208-1
m DAS8
p DAF8
1
1
1
1 or 2
23
44
46
65
35
50
50
70
8
8
8
6
10
10
10
8
T30S1DB00, B0Z
DB06 230/208-3
DB09
1
1
1
18
36
45
25
40
45
10
8
8
10
10
10
1
1
1
10
19
24
15
20
25
14
12
10
14
12
10
T36S1DA00, A0Z
DA05
DA08 230/208-1
DA10
n DA15
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
29
55
70
80
85
40
60
70
80
90
8
6
4
4
4
10
10
8
8
8
T36S1DB00, B0Z
DB06
230/208-3
DB09
o DB15
1
1
1
1
24
42
50
52
30
45
50
60
10
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
14
23
28
29
15
25
30
30
14
10
10
10
14
10
10
10
T42S1DA00, A0Z
DA05
DA08 230/208-1
DA10
n DA15
1
1
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
31
57
73
83
86
40
60
80
90
90
8
6
4
4
3
10
10
8
8
8
T42S1DB00, B0Z
DB06
230/208-3
DB09
o DB15
1
1
1
1
26
44
53
53
35
50
60
60
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
13
22
27
27
15
25
30
30
14
10
10
10
14
10
10
10
1
1
or
or
or
or
37
57
63
78
89
89
50
60
70
90
100
100
8
6
6
4
3
3
10
10
8
8
8
8
1
1
1
1
28
46
55
55
40
50
60
60
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
14
23
28
29
20
25
30
30
12
10
10
10
12
10
10
10
45
71
97
97
113
60
80
100
100
125
8
4
3
3
2
1
1
1
2
32
59
59
N/A
45
60
60
N/A
1
1
1
1
15
29
30
34
20
30
30
35
T30S1DC0Z
DC06
DC09
T36S1DC0Z
DC06
DC09
o DC15
T42S1DC0Z
DC06
DC09
o DC15
460-3
460-3
460-3
T48S1DA00, A0Z
DA04
DA05
230/208-1
DA08
DA10
n DA15
1
1
1
1
T48S1DB00, B0Z
DB06
230/208-3
DB09
o DB15
T48S1DC0Z
DC06
DC09
o DC15
460-3
T60S1DA00, A0Z
DA05
DA10 230/208-1
n DA15
n DA20
T60S1DB00, B0Z
DB09
230/208-3
o DB15
o DB18
T60S1DC0Z
DC09
o DC15
o DC18
460-3
1
1
1
1
1
or
or
or
or
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
j Minimum
Circuit
Ampacity
k Maximum
External Fuse or Ckt.
Breaker
l
Field Power Wire
Size
l
Ground
Wire Size
Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. C Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. C Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. C Ckt. A Ckt. B Ckt. C
24
42
35
45
8
8
10
10
27
27
33
42
52
52
40
40
40
45
60
60
8
8
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
31
31
34
42
52
52
40
40
40
45
60
60
8
8
8
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
37
37
37
37
26
42
52
52
50
50
50
50
30
50
60
60
8
8
8
8
10
8
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
8
6
45
45
45
45
26
52
52
52
50
50
50
50
30
60
60
60
8
8
8
8
10
6
6
6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
6
6
N/A
10
10
10
N/A
59
28
60
30
6
10
10
10
12
10
10
8
12
10
10
10
26
30
10
10
 These “Minimum Circuit Ampacity” values are to be used for sizing the field power conductors. Refer to the National Electrical Code (latest version), Article 310
for power conductor sizing.
Caution: When more than one field power circuit is run through one conduit, the conductors must be derated. Pay special attention to note 8 of Table 310 regarding Ampacity Adjustment Factors when more than three (3) conductors are in a raceway.
 Maximum size of the time delay fuse or circuit breaker for protection of field wiring conductors.
 Based on 75°C copper wire. All wiring must conform to the National Electrical Code and all local codes.
 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 4KW. Full heat available during Emergency Heat Mode.
 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 10KW. Full heat available during Emergency Heat Mode.
 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 9KW. Full heat available during Emergency Heat Mode.
 Maximum KW that can operate with the heat pump on is 8KW. Full heat available during Emergency Heat Mode.
IMPORTANT: While this electrical data is presented as a guide, it is important to electrically connect properly sized fuses & conductor wires in accordance with the National Electrical Code & all local codes.
Form No.
S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
11 of 16
Full Load Cooling Application Data - Outdoor Temperature °F 
Model
T30S1
T36S1
T42S1
T48S1
T60S1
Return Air
(DB/WB)

Cooling Capacity
75°F
80°F
85°F
90°F
95°F
100°F
105°F
110°F
115°F
120°F
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
31,700
24,600
29,400
23,500
27,400
22,500
25,800
21,700
24,400
21,000
23,400
20,500
22,700
20,100
22,200
19,900
22,000
19,700
22,000
19,800
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
33,800
23,800
32,000
23,000
30,400
22,300
29,100
21,700
28,000
21,200
27,200
20,800
26,700
20,600
26,400
20,500
26,400
20,500
26,600
20,700
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
40,300
24,400
37,400
23,400
34,900
22,400
32,900
21,600
31,100
20,800
29,800
20,200
28,800
19,700
28,100
19,200
27,800
18,900
27,700
18,700
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
36,700
28,700
34,600
28,100
32,700
27,400
30,900
26,600
29,300
26,000
27,800
25,300
26,600
24,500
25,300
23,700
24,200
23,000
23,300
22,200
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
39,200
27,800
37,700
27,500
36,300
27,100
34,900
26,600
33,800
26,200
32,400
25,700
31,300
25,100
30,200
24,500
29,100
23,900
28,200
23,200
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
46,700
28,500
44,100
27,900
41,700
27,300
39,400
26,400
37,300
25,700
35,500
24,900
33,800
23,900
32,200
23,000
30,600
22,000
29,300
21,000
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
42,100
33,400
40,100
32,400
38,300
31,300
36,500
30,400
34,700
29,500
33,000
28,600
31,300
27,800
29,700
27,100
28,100
26,400
26,500
25,700
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
44,900
32,400
43,700
31,700
42,500
31,000
41,200
30,400
39,500
29,700
38,400
29,100
36,900
28,500
35,400
28,000
33,800
27,400
32,100
26,900
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
53,500
33,200
51,100
32,200
48,800
31,200
46,500
30,200
44,200
29,200
42,000
28,200
39,800
27,200
37,700
26,300
35,500
25,300
33,400
24,300
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
48,800
39,400
46,600
38,500
44,600
37,600
42,500
36,700
40,500
35,700
38,600
34,800
36,800
33,800
35,000
32,800
33,200
31,800
31,400
30,800
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
52,100
38,200
50,800
37,700
49,500
37,200
48,000
36,700
46,500
36,000
45,000
35,400
43,400
34,700
41,700
33,900
39,900
33,100
38,000
32,200
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
62,100
39,100
59,400
38,300
56,900
37,400
54,200
36,500
51,700
35,300
49,200
34,300
46,800
33,100
44,400
31,800
41,900
30,500
39,500
29,100
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
58,100
45,200
55,600
43,700
53,200
42,400
51,000
41,100
48,800
39,900
46,700
38,800
44,700
37,800
42,700
36,900
40,800
36,000
38,900
35,200
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
62,000
43,800
60,600
42,800
59,100
42,000
57,600
41,100
56,000
40,300
54,400
39,500
52,700
38,800
50,900
38,100
49,100
37,400
47,200
36,800
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
73,900
44,900
70,900
43,400
67,900
42,200
65,000
40,800
62,200
39,500
59,500
38,200
54,200 51,600
35,700 34,500
Multiplier Factors
-10
Rated
0.975
1.0
0.950
1.0
49,100
33,300
 Below 65°F, unit requires a factory or field installed low ambient control.
 Return air temperature °F.
56,800
37,000
Capacity
% of Rated Airflow
Total BTUH
Sensible BTUH
+10
1.02
1.05
Full Load Heating Application Rating & Outdoor Temperature °F*
MODEL
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
30°
35°
40°
45°
50°
55°
60°F
T30S1
BTUH 10,300 12,200 14,000 15,900 17,300 18,300 19,400 20,500 23,500 26,600 29,000 30,800 32,700
WATTS
2090
2120
2160
2200
2210
2220
2220
2230
2310
2400
2460
2490
2530
COP
1.45
1.69
1.90
2.12
2.30
2.42
2.57
2.70
2.99
3.25
3.46
3.63
3.79
T36S1
BTUH 14,200 16,200 18,200 20,200 21,600 22,400 23,200 24,100 27,800 31,600 34,200 36,200 38,200
WATTS
2300
2340
2390
2430
2460
2480
2500
2520
2600
2670
2730
2780
2820
COP
1.81
2.03
2.24
2.44
2.58
2.65
2.72
2.81
3.14
3.47
3.68
3.82
3.97
T42S1
BTUH 14,000 16,600 19,300 22,000 23,900 25,400 26,900 28,400 32,800 37,300 40,600 43,300 46,000
WATTS
2750
2810
2870
2930
2960
2970
2980
2990
3130
3270
3370
3430
3490
COP
1.50
1.74
1.98
2.20
2.37
2.51
2.65
2.79
3.08
3.35
3.53
3.70
3.87
T48S1
BTUH 18,000 20,600 23,300 26,000 28,000 29,500 31,100 32,700 37,000 41,300 44,600 47,300 50,000
WATTS
3010
3070
3130
3190
3240
3280
3320
3360
3450
3540
3610
3670
3730
COP
1.76
1.97
2.19
2.39
2.54
2.64
2.75
2.86
3.15
3.42
3.62
3.78
3.93
T60S1
BTUH 24,800 27,700 30,600 33,500 35,800 37,600 39,400 41,300 45,800 50,300 53,800 56,700 59,600
WATTS
3770
3850
3930
4010
4080
4140
4200
4260
4370
4470
4560
4640
4720
COP
1.93
2.11
2.29
2.45
2.58
2.67
2.75
2.85
3.08
3.30
3.46
3.59
3.70
* 70°F DB indoor return air at rated CFM includes defrost operation below 45°.
Form No. S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
12 of 16
Part Load Cooling Application Data - Outdoor Temperature °F 
Model
T30S1
T36S1
T42S1
T48S1
T60S1
Return Air
(DB/WB)

Cooling Capacity
75°F
80°F
85°F
90°F
95°F
100°F
105°F
110°F
115°F
120°F
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
23,800
18,700
22,400
17,700
20,700
16,800
19,500
16,100
18,300
15,600
17,400
15,200
16,600
14,900
15,900
14,600
15,400
14,600
15,000
14,700
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
25,400
18,100
24,100
17,300
23,000
16,600
22,000
16,100
21,000
15,700
20,200
15,400
19,500
15,200
18,900
15,100
18,500
15,200
18,100
15,400
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
30,300
18,600
28,200
17,600
26,400
16,700
24,900
16,000
23,400
15,400
22,100
14,900
21,100
14,500
20,100
14,200
19,500
14,000
18,800
13,900
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
26,400
21,300
24,800
20,800
23,400
20,300
22,100
19,800
20,800
19,400
19,600
18,700
18,300
18,200
17,200
17,400
16,200
16,800
15,000
16,100
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
28,100
20,600
27,000
20,400
26,000
20,100
24,900
19,800
23,800
19,500
22,800
19,000
21,600
18,600
20,500
18,000
19,400
17,400
18,200
16,800
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
33,500
21,100
31,600
20,700
29,900
20,200
28,100
19,700
26,500
19,200
25,000
18,400
23,300
17,800
21,800
16,900
20,400
16,100
18,900
15,200
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
30,700
23,200
28,500
23,000
26,600
22,600
24,900
22,100
23,400
21,500
22,100
20,900
21,000
20,100
20,200
19,200
19,400
18,100
18,800
17,000
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
32,700
22,500
31,000
22,500
29,500
22,400
28,100
22,100
26,800
21,700
25,700
21,200
24,800
20,600
24,000
19,800
23,300
18,800
22,800
17,800
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
39,000
23,100
36,300
22,900
33,900
22,500
31,800
22,000
29,800
21,300
28,100
20,500
26,800
19,700
25,600
18,600
24,500
17,300
23,700
16,100
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
35,300
27,500
34,000
27,200
32,600
26,800
31,200
26,300
29,600
25,700
28,100
25,100
26,500
24,300
24,800
23,300
23,000
22,400
21,200
21,300
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
37,700
26,600
37,000
26,600
36,200
26,500
35,200
26,300
34,000
25,900
32,700
25,500
31,200
24,900
29,500
24,100
27,700
23,300
25,700
22,300
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
43,300
33,900
41,300
33,100
39,500
32,300
37,500
31,400
35,500
30,500
33,700
29,600
31,800
28,700
30,000
27,700
28,100
26,700
26,300
25,700
75/62
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
43,300
33,900
41,300
33,100
39,500
32,300
37,500
31,400
35,500
30,500
33,700
29,600
31,800
28,700
30,000
27,700
28,100
26,700
26,300
25,700
80/67
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
46,200
32,900
45,000
32,400
43,800
32,000
42,400
31,400
40,800
30,800
39,200
30,100
37,500
29,400
35,700
28,600
33,800
27,800
31,800
26,900
85/72
Total Cooling
Sensible Cooling
55,100
33,700
52,600
32,900
50,300
32,200
47,900
31,200
45,300
30,200
42,900
29,100
38,000 35,500
26,800 25,600
Multiplier Factors
-10
Rated
0.975
1.0
0.950
1.0
33,100
24,300
 Below 65°F, unit requires a factory or field installed low ambient control.
 Return air temperature °F.
40,500
28,000
Capacity
% of Rated Airflow
Total BTUH
Sensible BTUH
+10
1.02
1.05
Part Load Heating Application Rating & Outdoor Temperature °F*
MODEL
0°
5°
10°
15°
20°
25°
30°
35°
40°
45°
50°
55°
60°F
T30S1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
6,500
1750
1.09
7,800
1770
1.30
9,200 10,500 11,700 12,800 13,900 15,100 16,700 18,400 19,800 21,200 22,500
1790
1800
1810
1810
1810
1810
1850
1890
1920
1940
1950
1.51
1.71
1.90
2.08
2.26
2.45
2.65
2.86
3.03
3.21
3.39
T36S1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
6,700
1960
1.01
8,400 10,100 11,800 13,400 14,900 16,500 18,000 20,000 21,900 23,700 25,400 27,100
1970
1980
1990
2010
2040
2060
2090
2080
2080
2080
2100
2110
1.25
1.50
1.74
1.96
2.15
2.35
2.53
2.82
3.09
3.34
3.55
3.77
T42S1
BTUH
WATTS
COP
8,800 10,600 12,500 14,300 16,200 18,100 20,000 21,900 23,600 25,400 27,100 29,000 30,800
2340
2360
2390
2410
2410
2400
2380
2370
2450
2540
2590
2610
2640
1.11
1.32
1.54
1.74
1.97
2.21
2.47
2.71
2.83
2.93
3.07
3.26
3.42
T48S1
BTUH 10,800 12,900 15,100 17,200 18,900 20,300 21,600 23,000 26,300 29,500 32,100 34,300 36,400
WATTS
2490
2520
2550
2580
2590
2600
2600
2600
2670
2740
2790
2820
2850
COP
1.28
1.50
1.74
1.96
2.14
2.29
2.44
2.60
2.89
3.16
3.38
3.57
3.75
T60S1
BTUH 11,400 14,200 17,100 19,900 22,700 25,500 28,300 31,000 33,900 36,900 39,700 42,600 45,400
WATTS
2860
2900
2950
2990
3040
3110
3170
3230
3250
3260
3290
3340
3380
COP
1.17
1.44
1.70
1.96
2.19
2.41
2.62
2.82
3.06
3.32
3.54
3.74
3.94
* 70°F DB indoor return air at rated CFM includes defrost operation below 45°.
Form No.
S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
13 of 16
Indoor Blower Performance - CFM (0.00" — 0.50" H20) 
k
Blower Only
l
Cooling
& Heat Pump
Stage 1
m
Cooling
& Heat Pump
Stage 2
Model
Rated ESP
j
Max ESP
m
Electric Heat
T30S
.10
.50
650
650
900
900
T36S
.15
.50
800
800
1100
1100
T42S
.15
.50
800
900
1250
1250
T48S
.20
.50
825
1000
1550
1550
T60S
.20
.50
850
1300
1650
1650
NOTE: These units are equipped with a variable speed (ECM) indoor motor that automatically adjusts itself to maintain approximately the same rate of indoor airflow in both
heating & cooling, dry & wet coil conditions and at both 230/208 or 460 volts.
 Maximum ESP (inches WC) shown is with 2" thick disposable filter.
 Blower only CFM is the total air being circulated during continuous fan mode. Airflow remains constant.
 Blower only CFM reduces during continuous fan mode. Requires wiring modification; consult Installation Instructions and Wiring Diagram.
 CFM output on Cooling or Electric Heat.
Electric Heat Table - Refer to Electrical Specifications for Availability by Unit Model
At 240V j
Nominal
KW
KW
1-Ph
Amps
4.0
4.0
5.0
5.0
6.0
6.0
8.0
8.0
9.0
9.0
10.0
10.0
41.7
15.0
15.0
62.5
20.0
20.0
83.3
3-Ph
Amps
At 208V j
Btuh
KW
16.7
13,652
3.00
14.4
10,239
20.8
17,065
3.75
18.0
12,799
20,478
4.50
27,304
6.00
30,717
6.75
14.4
33.3
21.7
36.1
3-Ph
Amps
At 480V k
1-Ph
Amps
12.5
28.8
7.50
36.1
51,195
11.25
54.1
68,260
15.00
72.1
15,359
KW
Btuh
KW
3-Ph
Amps
Btuh
6.0
7.2
20,478
5.52
6.9
18,840
9.0
10.8
30,717
8.28
10.4
28,260
15.0
18.0
51,195
13.80
17.3
47,099
20,478
18.7
34,130
Btuh
At 460V k
3-Ph
Amps
23,038
25,598
31.2
38,396
51,195
j These electric heaters are available in 230/208V units only.
k These electric heaters are available in 480V units only.
Heater Packages - Field Installed for Standard & Dehumidification Models
• Designed for adding Electric Heat to 0 KW Units
• Circuit Breaker Standard on 230/208V Models
Heat Pump
Models
-A00 Models
230/208-1
• ETL US & Canada Listed
• Toggle Disconnect Standard on 460V Models
-B00 Models
230/208-3
-C00 Models
460-3
Heater Model #
KW
Heater Model #
KW
Heater Model #
KW
T30S1
EHT03H-A04B
EHT03H-AF8B
EHT03H-AS8B
4
F8
S8
EHT03H-B06B
EHT03H-B09B
6
9
EHT03H-C06
EHT03H-C09
6
9
T36S1
EHS03H-A05B
EHT05H-A08B
EHT05H-A10B
EHT05H-A15B
5
8
10
15
EHT05H-B06B
EHT05H-B09B
EHS05H-B15B
6
9
15
EHS05H-C06
EHS03H-C09
EHS03H-C15
6
9
15
T42S1
EHS03H-A05B
EHT05H-A08B
EHT05H-A10B
EHT05H-A15B
5
8
10
15
EHS05H-B06B
EHS05H-B09B
EHS05H-B15B
6
9
15
EHS05H-C06
EHS05H-C09
EHS05H-C15
6
9
15
T48S1
EHT06H-A05B
EHT06H-A08B
EHT06H-A10B
EHT06H-A15B
5
8
10
15
EHT06H-B06B
EHT06H-B09B
EHT06H-B15B
6
9
15
EHT06H-C06
EHT06H-C09
EHT06H-C15
6
9
15
T60S1
EHT06H-A05B
EHT06H-A10B
EHT06H-A15B
EHT06H-A20B
5
10
15
20
EHT06H-B09B
EHT06H-B15B
EHT06H-B18B
9
15
18
EHT06H-C09
EHT06H-C15
EHT06H-C18
9
15
18
Form No. S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
14 of 16
Clearances Required for Service Access
and Adequate Condenser Airflow
MODELS
LEFT SIDE
RIGHT SIDE
20"
20"
All Models
Minimum Clearances Required to
Combustible Materials
MODELS 
SUPPLY AIR DUCT
FIRST THREE FEET
CABINET
All Models
1/4"
0"
 Refer to the Installation Manual for more detailed information.
Dimensions of Basic Unit for Architectural & Installation Requirements (Nominal)
SUPPLY
RETURN
A
C
MODEL
WIDTH DEPTH HEIGHT
(W)
(D)
(H)
T30S1
38.200 17.125
70.563
7.88 27.88 13.88 27.88 40.00 10.88 25.75 17.93 26.75 28.75 29.25 27.00
2.63
39.13 22.75
T36S1
T42S1
42.075 22.432
84.875
9.88 29.88 15.88 29.88 43.88 13.56 31.66 30.00 32.68 26.94 34.69 32.43
3.37
T48S1
T60S1
42.075 22.432
93.000
9.88 29.88 15.88 29.88 43.88 13.56 37.00 30.00 40.81 35.06 42.81 40.56
3.37
B
B
E
F
G
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
S
T
9.14
5.00
12.00
5.00
43.00 23.88 10.00
1.44
16.00
1.88
43.00 31.00 10.00
1.44
16.00 10.00
All dimensions are in inches. Dimensional drawings are not to scale.
Built In
Rain Hood
4° Pitch
Heater
Access
Panel
W
Electric
Heat
C. Breaker/
Disconnect
Access Panel
(Lockable)
Hood for ERV and
ECONWMS models
only
5.88
F
G
D
7.88
1
1.00
Ventilation Air
Condenser
Air Outlet
A
1.250
I
C H
3"
Low Voltage
Electrical
Entrance
High Voltage
Electrical
Entrance
Cond.
Air
Inlet
Side Wall
Mounting
Brackets
(Built In)
Supply Air Opening
R
S
B
Top Rain
Flashing
Shipping
Location
S
Optional
Electrical
Entrances
Return Air Opening
S
K
J
L
M
S
P
T
Drain
Side View
Front View
.44
S
11"
Hood for
ECONWMT
models.
1
2.13
Filter Access Panel
Standard
flush vent
door for
non-ERV/
Econ.
models
E
O
31.88
1
N
Q
Back View
Bottom Installation
Bracket
MIS-2487 H
Unit Charge Rates
UNIT
Std. Unit Lbs.
Dehum. Units
- Lbs.
T30S1 - High Efficiency Step
Capacity Quiet Climate HP
7.0625
6.625
T36S1 - High Efficiency Step
Capacity Quiet Climate HP
10.75
11.5625
T42S1 - High Efficiency Step
Capacity Quiet Climate HP
11.625
12.125
T48S1 - High Efficiency Step
Capacity Quiet Climate HP
12.00
12.00
T60S1 - High Efficiency Step
Capacity Quiet Climate HP
12.4375
12.4375
Form No.
S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
15 of 16
Heat Pump Wall-Mount Model Nomenclature
T
MODEL
NUMBER |
36 S 1
A
REVISION
CAPACITY |
30 - 2½ Ton
36 - 3 Ton
42 - 3½ Ton STEP CAPACITY
48 - 4 Ton
HEAT PUMP
60 - 5 Ton
SPECIALTY PRODUCTS 
(Non-Standard)
VOLTS & PHASE |
A - 230/208/60/1
B - 230/208/60/3
C - 460/60/3
05
X
KW 
0Z - 0KW
04 - 4KW
05 - 5KW
06 - 6KW
F8 - 8KW
S8 - 8KW
09 - 9KW
10 -10KW
15 -15KW
18 -18KW
20 -20KW
X
X
FILTER OPTIONS
X -1-Inch Fiberglass (MERV 2)
M -2-Inch Pleated (MERV 11)
P -2-Inch Pleated (MERV 8)
X
SUPPLY AIR
OUTLET
X - Front (Standard)
COLOR OPTIONS
X-Beige
1-White
4-Buckeye Gray
5-Desert Brown
8-Dark Bronze
S-Stainless Steel
VENTILATION OPTIONS
(See Vent Options Table Below)
X
X
CONTROL MODULES
(See Control Module Options)
COIL OPTIONS
X-Standard Hydrophilic Fin Indoor Coil & Uncoated Aluminum Outdoor Coil
1-Phenolic Coated Indoor Coil
2-Phenolic Coated Outdoor Coil
3-Phenolic Coated ID & OD Coil
 For 0 KW and circuit breakers (230/208 volt) or toggle disconnect (460V) applications, insert 0Z in the KW field of the model number. See Pages 10 & 11.
 Insert “D” for dehumidification with hot gas reheat. Reference Form 7960-640 for complete details.
Ventilation Options
Models
T30S1
Description
Barometric Fresh Air Damper - Standard
Blank-Off Plate
Motorized Fresh Air Damper - No Exhaust j
Commercial Ventilator - Modulating Spring Return w/Exhaust
Commercial Ventilator - Spring Return w/Exhaust
Commercial Ventilator - Power Return w/Exhaust
Economizer - Standard - Enthalpy m
Economizer - Equipment Bldg., Enthalpy n
Economizer - Equipment Bldg., DB Temp n
Energy Recovery Ventilator - 230 Volt l
Energy Recovery Ventilator - 460 Volt l
Door Kit for ERVF (Required)
Factory Installed
Code No.
X
B
M
C
V
P
S
W
T
R
R
N/A
T36S1, T42S1, T48S1, T60S1
Field Installed
Part No.
BFAD-3
BOP-3
MFAD-3
CRVMWH-3
CRVS-3
CRVP-3
ECONWMS-E3B k
ECONWMT-E3B k
ECONWMT-T3B k
ERVF-A3 j
ERVF-C3 j
WMDK3- l
Factory Installed
Code No.
X
B
M
C
V
P
S
W
T
R
R
N/A
Field Installed
Part No.
BFAD-5
BOP-5
MFAD-5
CHCRV-5
CRVS-5
CRVP-5
ECONWMS-E5B k
ECONWMT-E5B k
ECONWMT-T5B k
ERVF-A5 j
ERVF-C5 j
WMDK5- l
Intake and exhaust can be independently adjusted.
Insert color to match unit ("X" = Beige; "4" = Buckeye Gray; etc.)
WMDK Door Kit must be ordered in addition to ERVF Assembly and color matched to unit ("X" = Beige; "4" = Buckeye Gray; etc.)
Units controlled by thermostats other than Bard 8403-060 or Bard CompleteStat™ may require Bard “8620-220 2-Stage Heat Pump with Economizer” Relay Kit
for proper operation.
Partial Full Flow (75% of Rated Cooling Airflow). All ECONWMS versions have 3" deep air intake hood.
Heat Pump Control Modules
Low Pressure
Control 
High Pressure
Control j
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
STD
Low Ambient Control
and Relay k
Start Kit
l
Start Kit
m
Outdoor
Thermostat
Factory Installed Code
X
X
T30-48 l 230V
n
E
CMH-20
STD
T30-48 l 460V
n
E
CMH-21
STD
T60 l All
n
E
CMH-19
Field Installed Only
CMC-15 l
Field Installed Only
SK111 m
l
l
Field Installed Part
STD
STD
Field Installed Only
CMC-29
l
STD = Standard Equipment
The high & low pressure controls are auto reset. Operating circuit includes a lockout feature and is resettable from the wall thermostat. All low pressure controls
use a timed bypass circuit to prevent nuisance tripping during low temperature start-up.
The low ambient control includes an 8201-008 (fan relay) and permits cooling operation down to 0°F.
PTCR start kit can be used with all -A single phase models. Increases starting torque 2-3x. Not used for -B or -C three phase models. Do not use if SK111 is used.
Start capacitor and potential relay start kit can be used with all -A single phase models. Increases starting torque 9x. Not used for -B or -C three phase models.
Do not use if CMC-15 is used.
ODT. Outdoor thermostat. Field-installed only. Bard Part #8403-061.
Comes with weatherproof enclosure. Works in conjunction with multi-stage thermostats offered by Bard and can be configured for any or all of compressor cut-off in heat pump mode, minimum cooling mode and maximum electric heat operation based on outdoor temperature.
Freezestat is standard on dehumidification models. Field installed option for standard units.
NOTE: Standard heat pump control board has a 5-minute compressor anti-short cycle timer.
Bard Manufacturing Company, Inc.
Bryan, Ohio 43506
www.bardhvac.com
Form No. S3447-516
SupersedesS3447-715
Page
16 of 16
Due to our continuous product improvement policy, all
specifications subject to change without notice.
Before purchasing this appliance, read important energy cost
and efficiency information available from your retailer.
Form No.
S3447
May, 2016
Supersedes: S3447-715
Download PDF
Similar pages